TW202122471A - Optical film and flexible display device containing a polyamide-based resin and having excellent bending resistance and a high elastic modulus - Google Patents

Optical film and flexible display device containing a polyamide-based resin and having excellent bending resistance and a high elastic modulus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202122471A
TW202122471A TW109134719A TW109134719A TW202122471A TW 202122471 A TW202122471 A TW 202122471A TW 109134719 A TW109134719 A TW 109134719A TW 109134719 A TW109134719 A TW 109134719A TW 202122471 A TW202122471 A TW 202122471A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
formula
film
optical film
resin
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW109134719A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
大松一喜
中小路崇
西岡宏司
Original Assignee
日商住友化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商住友化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商住友化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202122471A publication Critical patent/TW202122471A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • G09F9/301Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements flexible foldable or roll-able electronic displays, e.g. thin LCD, OLED
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2379/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen, or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08J2361/00 - C08J2377/00
    • C08J2379/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08J2379/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an optical film containing a polyamide-based resin and having excellent bending resistance and a high elastic modulus. An optical film contains a polyamide-based resin. When the thickness of the optical film is set as A [mu]m, an arbitrary position on one surface of the optical film is taken as D0, a position which is A*1/4 [mu]m away from D0 in the thickness direction is taken as D1, a position which is A*1/2 [mu]m away from D0 in the thickness direction is taken as D2, a position which is A*3/4 [mu]m away from D0 in the thickness direction is taken as D3, and the intensity of the largest peak in the range of 1,550~1,650 cm -1 measured by Raman spectroscopy at each position of D1 to D3 is set as I1 to I3 respectively, the optical film satisfies at least one of formula (1) and formula (2): I1/I2 ≤ 0.97 (1), I3/I2 ≤ 0.97 (2).

Description

光學膜及可撓性顯示裝置Optical film and flexible display device

本發明係關於一種包含聚醯胺系樹脂之光學膜、及具備該光學膜之可撓性顯示裝置。The present invention relates to an optical film containing polyamide resin and a flexible display device provided with the optical film.

液晶顯示裝置及有機EL(Electroluminescence,電致發光)顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置廣泛活用於行動電話及智慧型手錶等各種用途中。一直以來使用玻璃作為此種圖像顯示裝置之前面板,但玻璃非常剛直,容易破裂,故難以用作例如可撓性顯示器等之前面板材料。作為代替玻璃之光學膜,例如對包含聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之塑膠膜進行了研究(例如專利文獻1)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]Image display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL (Electroluminescence) display devices are widely used in various applications such as mobile phones and smart watches. Glass has been used as the front panel of this type of image display device. However, the glass is very rigid and easy to break, so it is difficult to use it as a front panel material such as a flexible display. As an optical film instead of glass, for example, a plastic film containing a polyimide resin has been studied (for example, Patent Document 1). [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2018-119132號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-119132

[發明所欲解決之問題][The problem to be solved by the invention]

已知有使用聚醯胺系樹脂之各種光學膜,但仍需要進一步提高耐彎曲性。又,就防止光學膜之損傷等觀點而言,亦仍需要提高彈性模數。因此,本發明之課題在於提供一種包含聚醯胺系樹脂之耐彎曲性優異之光學膜。 [解決問題之技術手段]Various optical films using polyamide resins are known, but there is still a need to further improve the bending resistance. In addition, from the viewpoint of preventing damage to the optical film, it is still necessary to increase the modulus of elasticity. Therefore, the subject of the present invention is to provide an optical film containing a polyamide resin and having excellent bending resistance. [Technical means to solve the problem]

本發明人為了解決上述課題而潛心研究,結果發現,製造光學膜時之製造條件可能會影響光學膜之耐彎曲性及彈性模數,而進一步進行了研究。結果發現,於在光學膜中藉由拉曼分光法測得之峰強度滿足特定式之情形時,能夠進一步提高光學膜之耐彎曲性及彈性模數,從而完成了本發明。即,本發明包括如下態樣。 [1]一種光學膜,其係包含聚醯胺系樹脂者,將該光學膜之厚度設為A μm,將該光學膜之一表面上之任意位置設為D0 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×1/4 μm之位置設為D1 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×1/2 μm之位置設為D2 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×3/4 μm之位置設為D3 ,將D1 ~D3 之各位置上藉由拉曼分光法測得之1,550~1,650 cm-1 之範圍內之最大峰之強度分別設為I1 ~I3 時,該光學膜滿足式(1)及式(2)中至少一者: [數1]

Figure 02_image001
。 [2]如上述[1]所記載之光學膜,其中滿足上述式(1)之I1 /I2 或滿足上述式(2)之I3 /I2 為0.3以上。 [3]如上述[1]或[2]所記載之光學膜,其中光學膜之彈性模數為5.5 GPa以上。 [4]如上述[1]至[3]中任一項所記載之光學膜,其中光學膜之全光線透過率為80%以上。 [5]如上述[1]至[4]中任一項所記載之光學膜,其中聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量為250,000以上。 [6]如上述[1]至[5]中任一項所記載之光學膜,其中聚醯胺系樹脂係聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。 [7]如上述[1]至[6]中任一項所記載之光學膜,其係可撓性顯示裝置之前面板用膜。 [8]一種可撓性顯示裝置,其具備如上述[1]至[7]中任一項所記載之光學膜。 [9]如上述[8]所記載之可撓性顯示裝置,其進而具備觸控感測器。 [10]如上述[8]或[9]所記載之可撓性顯示裝置,其進而具備偏光板。 [發明之效果]In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the inventor of the present invention made painstaking research and found that the manufacturing conditions of the optical film may affect the bending resistance and elastic modulus of the optical film, and further research was conducted. As a result, it was found that when the peak intensity measured by Raman spectroscopy in the optical film satisfies a specific formula, the bending resistance and elastic modulus of the optical film can be further improved, thereby completing the present invention. That is, the present invention includes the following aspects. [1] An optical film containing polyamide resin, the thickness of the optical film is set to A μm, an arbitrary position on one surface of the optical film is set to D 0 , and the thickness direction is equal to D Set the position between 0 and D 0 by A×1/4 μm as D 1 , and set the position from D 0 by A×1/2 μm in the thickness direction as D 2 , and set the distance from D 0 in the thickness direction by A×3/4 μm the D position is set to 3, the respective positions D 1 ~ D 3 obtained by the measurement of the Raman spectroscopy 1,550 ~ intensity within the range of the maximum peak of 1,650 cm -1, respectively, of I 1 ~ I to 3, the The optical film satisfies at least one of formula (1) and formula (2): [Number 1]
Figure 02_image001
. [2] The optical film as described in [1] above, wherein I 1 /I 2 satisfying the above formula (1) or I 3 /I 2 satisfying the above formula (2) is 0.3 or more. [3] The optical film as described in [1] or [2] above, wherein the elastic modulus of the optical film is 5.5 GPa or more. [4] The optical film as described in any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein the total light transmittance of the optical film is 80% or more. [5] The optical film as described in any one of [1] to [4] above, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the polyamide-based resin is 250,000 or more. [6] The optical film according to any one of [1] to [5] above, wherein the polyamide resin is a polyamide resin. [7] The optical film as described in any one of [1] to [6] above, which is a film for a front panel of a flexible display device. [8] A flexible display device including the optical film described in any one of [1] to [7] above. [9] The flexible display device described in [8] above, which further includes a touch sensor. [10] The flexible display device as described in [8] or [9] above, which further includes a polarizing plate. [Effects of Invention]

根據本發明,能夠提供一種耐彎曲性優異且具有高彈性模數之光學膜。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical film having excellent bending resistance and a high elastic modulus.

以下,對本發明之實施方式詳細地進行說明。再者,本發明之範圍並不限定於本文所說明之實施方式,可在不脫離本發明之主旨之範圍內進行各種變更。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. Furthermore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described herein, and various changes can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention.

<光學膜> 本發明之光學膜係包含聚醯胺系樹脂者,將該光學膜之厚度設為A μm,將該光學膜之一表面上之任意位置設為D0 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×1/4 μm之位置設為D1 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×1/2 μm之位置設為D2 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×3/4 μm之位置設為D3 ,將D1 ~D3 之各位置上藉由拉曼分光法測得之1,550~1,650 cm-1 之範圍內之最大峰之強度分別設為I1 ~I3 時,該光學膜滿足式(1)及式(2)中至少一者。 [數2]

Figure 02_image003
換言之,可使I1 /I2 及I3 /I2 中任一者為0.97以下,另一者超過0.97,亦可使I1 /I2 及I3 /I2 兩者為0.97以下。<Optical film> If the optical film of the present invention contains a polyamide resin, the thickness of the optical film is A μm, and any position on one surface of the optical film is D 0 , and the thickness direction is equal to The position of D 0 away from D 0 by A×1/4 μm is set to D 1 , the position away from D 0 by A×1/2 μm in the thickness direction is set to D 2 , and the distance from D 0 in the thickness direction is A×3/4 When the position of μm is set to D 3 , and the intensity of the largest peak in the range of 1,550 to 1,650 cm -1 measured by Raman spectroscopy at each position of D 1 to D 3 is set to I 1 to I 3 respectively, The optical film satisfies at least one of formula (1) and formula (2). [Number 2]
Figure 02_image003
In other words, one of I 1 /I 2 and I 3 /I 2 may be 0.97 or less, and the other may exceed 0.97, and both I 1 /I 2 and I 3 /I 2 may be 0.97 or less.

認為藉由拉曼分光法測得之1,550~1,650 cm-1 之範圍內之最大峰係歸屬於光學膜中所含聚醯胺系樹脂中所包含之醯胺鍵的峰。並且,認為D1 ~D3 之各位置上藉由拉曼分光法測得之1,550~1,650 cm-1 之範圍內之最大峰之強度相對地表示光學膜之D1 ~D3 之各位置上之聚醯胺系樹脂之量。因此,例如上述式(1)中之I1 /I2 ≦0.97表示I1 之強度以特定比率小於I2 之強度,這意味著,表現出強度I1 之位置D1 上之聚醯胺系樹脂之量以特定比率少於表現出強度I2 之位置D2 上之聚醯胺系樹脂之量。同樣地,上述式(2)中之I3 /I2 ≦0.97意味著,表現出強度I3 之位置D3 上之聚醯胺系樹脂之量以特定比率少於表現出強度I2 之位置D2 上之聚醯胺系樹脂之量。此處,關於位置D0 ~D3 之各位置,如上所述,當光學膜之一表面上之任意位置為D0 ,將光學膜之厚度設為A μm時,厚度方向上與D0 相距A×1/4 μm之位置為D1 ,厚度方向上與D0 相距A×1/2 μm之位置為D2 ,厚度方向上與D0 相距A×3/4 μm之位置為D3 。因此,光學膜滿足上述式(1)及式(2)中至少一者表示,厚度方向上與表面上之位置D0 相距A×1/4 μm及/或A×3/4 μm之位置(D1 及/或D3 )上存在聚醯胺系樹脂之量以特定比率少於厚度方向上與表面上之位置D0 相距A×1/2 μm之位置D2 上之聚醯胺系樹脂之量的部分。It is considered that the largest peak in the range of 1,550-1,650 cm -1 measured by Raman spectroscopy is attributed to the peak of the amide bond contained in the polyamide-based resin contained in the optical film. And that the respective positions of the D 1 ~ D 3 as measured by the Raman spectroscopy of the maximum peak intensity of 1,550 ~ within the range of 1,650 cm -1 of the opposite showing each position of the optical film of the D 1 ~ D 3 The amount of polyamide resin. Thus, for example, in the above formula (1) I 1 / I 2 ≦ 0.97 I represents the intensity of an intensity I less than a specific ratio of 2, which means, showing the position of the intensity I D of a polyamide based on the 1 The amount of the resin is less than the amount of the polyamide-based resin at the position D 2 that exhibits the strength I 2 by a specific ratio. Similarly, I 3 /I 2 ≦0.97 in the above formula (2) means that the amount of polyamide resin at the position D 3 exhibiting the strength I 3 is less than the position exhibiting the strength I 2 by a specific ratio The amount of polyamide resin on D 2. Here, regarding the positions of the positions D 0 to D 3 , as described above, when an arbitrary position on one surface of the optical film is D 0 , and the thickness of the optical film is A μm, the distance from D 0 in the thickness direction A × 1/4 μm of the position D 1, the thickness direction D 0 distance A × 1/2 μm of the position D 2, the thickness direction D 0 distance A × 3/4 μm of position D 3. Therefore, the optical film satisfies at least one of the above-mentioned formulas (1) and (2), and the thickness direction is separated from the position D 0 on the surface by A×1/4 μm and/or A×3/4 μm ( the amount of the polyamide resin is present on the D. 1 and / or D. 3) at a specific ratio of the thickness direction than the position of the upper surface distance D 0 A × 1/2 μm of the position D of the polyamide resin 2 The amount of part.

包含聚醯胺系樹脂之光學膜滿足上述式(1)及式(2)中至少一者時光學膜之耐彎曲性及彈性模數提高之理由雖不明確,但認為於上述位置D1 及/或D3 上存在聚醯胺系樹脂量較少之部分之情形時,該部分中存在除聚醯胺系樹脂以外之其他成分、例如溶劑等。因此,認為位置D1 及/或D3 與例如位置D2 相比,樹脂量更少,進而存在例如溶劑等除樹脂以外之成分,結果更具柔軟性。認為光學膜於一部分厚度區域中包含具有柔軟性之層,結果能夠維持光學膜之物理強度,並且提高耐彎曲性。又,認為具有柔軟性之層僅存在於一部分區域中,由此能夠使光學膜整體兼具高耐彎曲性與高彈性模數。When an optical film containing a polyamide-based resin satisfies at least one of the above formula (1) and formula (2), the reason for the improvement of the bending resistance and elastic modulus of the optical film is not clear, but it is considered that the position D 1 and when the case of small amount of polyamide resin is present on the portion of the / or D 3, the presence of other components other than the polyamide-based resin part, such as solvents and the like. Therefore, it is considered that the position D 1 and/or D 3 has a smaller amount of resin than, for example, the position D 2 , and further includes components other than the resin such as a solvent, resulting in more flexibility. It is considered that the optical film includes a layer having flexibility in a part of the thickness region, and as a result, the physical strength of the optical film can be maintained and the bending resistance can be improved. In addition, it is considered that the layer having flexibility exists only in a part of the region, thereby enabling the entire optical film to have both high bending resistance and high elastic modulus.

作為D1 ~D3 之各位置上由拉曼分光法測得之1,550~1,650 cm-1 之範圍內之最大峰之強度之測定方法,可列舉使用共聚聚焦拉曼顯微鏡之方法。具體而言,將共聚聚焦拉曼顯微鏡對焦於本發明之光學膜之表面上之後,在厚度方向上每隔一定間隔進行測定直至到達另一表面為止。然後,由所得結果獲得光學膜之厚度(A μm),並且根據厚度相當於A×1/4 μm、A×2/4 μm、A×3/4 μm之位置上之測定結果,讀取1,550~1,650 cm-1 之範圍內之最大峰之強度。作為拉曼分光法之測定條件,例如可使用實施例所記載之條件。As a method for measuring the intensity of the largest peak in the range of 1,550-1,650 cm -1 measured by Raman spectroscopy at each position of D 1 to D 3, a method using a confocal Raman microscope can be cited. Specifically, after focusing the confocal Raman microscope on the surface of the optical film of the present invention, measurement is performed at regular intervals in the thickness direction until it reaches the other surface. Then, the thickness of the optical film (A μm) is obtained from the obtained results, and based on the measurement results at the positions corresponding to the thickness of A×1/4 μm, A×2/4 μm, and A×3/4 μm, 1,550 The intensity of the largest peak in the range of ~1,650 cm -1. As the measurement conditions of Raman spectroscopy, for example, the conditions described in the examples can be used.

以上述方式測得之I1 /I2 及I3 /I2 中至少一者為0.97以下。於I1 /I2 及I3 /I2 均超過0.97之情形時,無法獲得充分之耐彎曲性及彈性模數。再者,I1 /I2 及I3 /I2 可均為0.97以下,但就容易進一步提高光學膜之強度之觀點而言,較佳為I1 /I2 及I3 /I2 中任一者為0.97以下。I1 /I2 及I3 /I2 中至少一者較佳為0.95以下,更佳為0.93以下,進而較佳為0.92以下,進而更佳為0.8以下,尤佳為0.6以下,尤其更佳為0.5以下。又,以上述方式測得之I1 /I2 及I3 /I2 之下限並無特別限定,就容易充分提高光學膜之強度之觀點而言,滿足上述式(1)之I1 /I2 及/或滿足上述式(2)之I3 /I2 較佳為0.3以上,更佳為0.35以上,進而較佳為0.40以上,進而更佳為0.45以上。 At least one of I 1 /I 2 and I 3 /I 2 measured in the above manner is 0.97 or less. When both I 1 /I 2 and I 3 /I 2 exceed 0.97, sufficient bending resistance and elastic modulus cannot be obtained. Furthermore, I 1 /I 2 and I 3 /I 2 may both be 0.97 or less, but from the viewpoint that it is easy to further increase the strength of the optical film, it is preferably any of I 1 /I 2 and I 3 /I 2 One is 0.97 or less. At least one of I 1 /I 2 and I 3 /I 2 is preferably 0.95 or less, more preferably 0.93 or less, still more preferably 0.92 or less, still more preferably 0.8 or less, particularly preferably 0.6 or less, especially more preferably It is 0.5 or less. In addition, the lower limits of I 1 /I 2 and I 3 /I 2 measured in the above-mentioned manner are not particularly limited. From the viewpoint that it is easy to sufficiently increase the strength of the optical film, it satisfies the I 1 /I of the above formula (1) 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 that satisfies the above formula (2) is preferably 0.3 or more, more preferably 0.35 or more, still more preferably 0.40 or more, and still more preferably 0.45 or more.

於光學膜中,只要能夠獲得具有上述特徵之膜,則將I1 /I2 或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍之方法並無特別限定,例如可列舉:製造光學膜時所採用之清漆中使用之溶劑之種類及量、製造光學膜時之乾燥條件、拉幅條件等光學膜製造條件之調整方法。具體而言,製造光學膜時,進行如下步驟:使聚醯胺系樹脂溶解於溶劑中,將由此獲得之樹脂溶液(清漆)塗佈於基材上,使其乾燥,自基材將乾燥後之膜剝離,但於將樹脂溶液塗佈於基材上並使其乾燥之情形時,清漆中所包含之溶劑會自塗膜之基材側之面之相反側之與空氣相接之表面揮發。因此,塗膜之表面側之面可謂處於溶劑易揮發之環境中。另一方面,溶劑不易自塗膜之基材側之面揮發。若繼而剝離基材,則溶劑亦會自基材側之面揮發。並且,認為根據光學膜之製造條件不同,將光學膜之厚度設為1時,厚度方向上距所獲得之光學膜之與基材相接之面1/4之位置上最不容易乾燥,會產生溶劑不揮發而殘存之部分。藉由如上所述之方法,厚度方向上距光學膜之與基材相接之面1/4之位置上產生溶劑不揮發而殘存之部分,從而獲得了滿足上述式(1)及式(2)中至少一者之光學膜。可藉由調整光學膜之製造條件、尤其是乾燥條件而將I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍以便形成如上所述之層。In the optical film, as long as a film with the above-mentioned characteristics can be obtained, the method of adjusting I 1 /I 2 or I 3 /I 2 to the above-mentioned range is not particularly limited. Examples include: varnishes used in the production of optical films The type and amount of solvents used in the optical film, the drying conditions when manufacturing the optical film, the tentering conditions and other optical film manufacturing conditions are adjusted. Specifically, when manufacturing an optical film, the following steps are performed: the polyamide resin is dissolved in a solvent, and the resin solution (varnish) thus obtained is coated on the substrate and dried. The film peels off, but when the resin solution is applied to the substrate and allowed to dry, the solvent contained in the varnish will volatilize from the surface of the coating film on the opposite side of the substrate side that is in contact with the air . Therefore, the surface side of the coating film can be said to be in an environment where the solvent is volatile. On the other hand, the solvent is not easy to volatilize from the substrate side surface of the coating film. If the substrate is then peeled off, the solvent will also volatilize from the surface of the substrate. Moreover, it is considered that depending on the manufacturing conditions of the optical film, when the thickness of the optical film is set to 1, the position 1/4 in the thickness direction from the surface of the obtained optical film that is in contact with the substrate is the least likely to be dried. The remaining part of the solvent is not volatilized. By the method as described above, a portion where the solvent does not volatilize but remains at a position 1/4 in the thickness direction from the surface of the optical film that is in contact with the substrate is obtained, thereby satisfying the above equations (1) and (2). ) At least one of the optical film. The I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 can be adjusted to the above range by adjusting the manufacturing conditions of the optical film, especially the drying conditions, so as to form the layer as described above.

用於製造光學膜之基材通常自光學膜剝離。因此,有時亦不明確光學膜之哪一個面係與基材相接之面,但考慮上述機制,較佳為D0 係光學膜之與基材相接之面上之位置,且光學膜滿足式(1)。作為判斷光學膜之哪一個面與基材相接之方法,例如可列舉表面粗糙度,例如可利用干涉式顯微鏡對光學膜之兩面測定其表面粗糙度,將該值較低之面設為與基材相接之面。又,關於滿足式(1)及式(2)中任一者之光學膜,於滿足式(1)之情形時,判斷靠近D1 之表面(具有D0 之面)係與基材相接之表面,於滿足式(2)之情形時,判斷靠近D3 之表面(具有D0 之面之相反側之面)係與基材相接之表面。The substrate used to manufacture the optical film is usually peeled from the optical film. Therefore, sometimes it is not clear which surface of the optical film is the surface that is in contact with the substrate, but considering the above mechanism, the position of the D 0- based optical film on the surface that is in contact with the substrate is preferred, and the optical film Satisfy formula (1). As a method of judging which surface of the optical film is in contact with the substrate, for example, the surface roughness can be cited. For example, the surface roughness of both sides of the optical film can be measured by an interference microscope, and the surface with the lower value is set to The surface where the substrate meets. In addition, regarding an optical film satisfying either formula (1) and formula (2), when formula (1) is satisfied, it is determined that the surface close to D 1 (the surface having D 0 ) is in contact with the substrate When the surface of D3 satisfies the formula (2), it is judged that the surface close to D 3 (the surface opposite to the surface with D 0 ) is the surface that is in contact with the substrate.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜之全光線透過率較佳為80%以上,更佳為83%以上,進而較佳為85%以上,進而更佳為88%以上,尤佳為89%以上,尤其更佳為90%以上。若全光線透過率為上述下限以上,則將光學膜尤其作為前面板組裝於圖像顯示裝置時,容易提高視認性。本發明之光學膜通常顯示出較高之全光線透過率,因此例如與使用透過率較低之膜之情形相比,能夠抑制獲得一定明度所需之顯示元件等之發光強度。因此,能夠減少耗電。例如,於將本發明之光學膜組裝於圖像顯示裝置之情形時,即便減少背光裝置之光量,亦趨於獲得明亮之顯示,能夠有助於節約能量。全光線透過率之上限通常為100%以下。再者,全光線透過率例如可依據JIS K 7105:1981或JIS K 7361-1:1997使用霧度電腦進行測定。又,全光線透過率可為下述光學膜之厚度範圍內之全光線透過率。In one embodiment of the present invention, the total light transmittance of the optical film is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 83% or more, still more preferably 85% or more, still more preferably 88% or more, and particularly preferably 89 % Or more, more preferably 90% or more. If the total light transmittance is equal to or greater than the above lower limit, the visibility of the optical film can be easily improved, especially when the optical film is assembled as a front panel in an image display device. The optical film of the present invention generally exhibits a higher total light transmittance, and therefore, compared with the case of using a film with a lower transmittance, it is possible to suppress the luminous intensity of display elements and the like required to obtain a certain brightness. Therefore, power consumption can be reduced. For example, when the optical film of the present invention is assembled in an image display device, even if the amount of light of the backlight device is reduced, a bright display tends to be obtained, which can help to save energy. The upper limit of total light transmittance is usually below 100%. Furthermore, the total light transmittance can be measured using a haze computer in accordance with JIS K 7105:1981 or JIS K 7361-1:1997, for example. In addition, the total light transmittance may be the total light transmittance within the thickness range of the following optical film.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜之霧度較佳為3%以下,更佳為2.5%以下,進而較佳為1.5%以下,進而更佳為1.0%以下,尤佳為0.5%以下,尤其更佳為0.2%以下。若光學膜之霧度為上述上限以下,則將光學膜尤其作為前面板組裝於圖像顯示裝置時,容易提高視認性。又,霧度之下限通常為0.01%以上。再者,霧度可依據JIS K 7105:1981或JIS K 7136:2000使用霧度電腦進行測定。In one embodiment of the present invention, the haze of the optical film is preferably 3% or less, more preferably 2.5% or less, still more preferably 1.5% or less, still more preferably 1.0% or less, particularly preferably 0.5% or less , Especially more preferably 0.2% or less. If the haze of the optical film is less than or equal to the above upper limit, it is easy to improve the visibility when the optical film is assembled in an image display device especially as a front panel. In addition, the lower limit of the haze is usually 0.01% or more. Furthermore, the haze can be measured using a haze computer in accordance with JIS K 7105:1981 or JIS K 7136:2000.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜之黃度(YI值)較佳為3.0以下,更佳為2.5以下,進而較佳為2.2以下。若光學膜之黃度為上述上限以下,則透明性良好,在用於圖像顯示裝置之前面板之情形時,能夠有助於獲得較高之視認性。又,黃度較佳為-5以上,更佳為-2以上。再者,關於黃度(YI值),可使用紫外可見近紅外分光光度計對300~800 nm之光進行透過率測定,求出三刺激值(X,Y,Z),並基於YI=100×(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y之式算出。In one embodiment of the present invention, the yellowness (YI value) of the optical film is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and still more preferably 2.2 or less. If the yellowness of the optical film is less than the above upper limit, the transparency is good, and when used in the case of a front panel of an image display device, it can contribute to obtaining higher visibility. In addition, the yellowness is preferably -5 or more, more preferably -2 or more. Furthermore, regarding the yellowness (YI value), the transmittance of light from 300 to 800 nm can be measured using an ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectrophotometer to obtain the tristimulus value (X, Y, Z), and based on YI=100 ×(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y is calculated.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜之彈性模數較佳為5.3 GPa以上,更佳為5.5 GPa以上,進而較佳為5.7 GPa以上,進而更佳為5.9 GPa以上,尤佳為6.0 GPa以上,通常為100 GPa以下。彈性模數可使用拉伸試驗機(例如,夾頭間距離50 mm、拉伸速度10 mm/分鐘之條件)進行測定,例如可利用實施例所記載之方法進行測定。In one embodiment of the present invention, the elastic modulus of the optical film is preferably 5.3 GPa or more, more preferably 5.5 GPa or more, still more preferably 5.7 GPa or more, still more preferably 5.9 GPa or more, particularly preferably 6.0 GPa Above, it is usually 100 GPa or less. The modulus of elasticity can be measured using a tensile testing machine (for example, the distance between the chucks is 50 mm, and the tensile speed is 10 mm/min). For example, it can be measured by the method described in the examples.

就容易提高光學膜之透明性、視認性之觀點而言,本發明之光學膜之亮度L* 值較佳為90以上,更佳為93以上,進而較佳為95以上,且通常為100以下。上述亮度L* 值可使用分光光度計進行測定。具體而言,可使用分光光度計,於無樣本之狀態下進行背景測定後,將光學膜設置於樣本保持器,對波長300~800 nm之光進行透過率測定來進行測定。From the viewpoint of easily improving the transparency and visibility of the optical film, the brightness L * value of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 93 or more, more preferably 95 or more, and usually 100 or less . The above-mentioned brightness L * value can be measured using a spectrophotometer. Specifically, a spectrophotometer can be used to measure the background without a sample, then set the optical film in the sample holder, and measure the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 300 to 800 nm.

本發明之光學膜之厚度較佳為10 μm以上,更佳為20 μm以上,進而較佳為25 μm以上,進而更佳為30 μm以上,且較佳為100 μm以下,更佳為80 μm以下,進而較佳為60 μm以下,可為該等上限與下限之組合。若光學膜之厚度處於上述範圍內,則容易進一步提高光學膜之耐衝擊性。再者,光學膜之厚度可使用測微計進行測定,例如可利用實施例所記載之方法進行測定。The thickness of the optical film of the present invention is preferably 10 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more, still more preferably 25 μm or more, still more preferably 30 μm or more, and preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 80 μm Hereinafter, it is more preferably 60 μm or less, and it may be a combination of the upper and lower limits. If the thickness of the optical film is within the above range, it is easy to further improve the impact resistance of the optical film. In addition, the thickness of the optical film can be measured using a micrometer, for example, it can be measured by the method described in an Example.

本發明之光學膜於耐彎曲性試驗中之彎曲次數(彎曲半徑R=1 mm)較佳為20,000次以上,更佳為22,000次以上,進而較佳為24,000次以上。若彎曲次數為上述下限以上,則具有作為可撓性顯示裝置等之前面板材料之充分耐彎曲性。再者,本發明之耐彎曲性試驗中之彎曲次數係表示使用彎折試驗機於彎曲半徑(曲率半徑)R為1 mm之條件下使光學膜反覆彎折(正反兩方向)時,至該膜發生破裂之時點為止之往返彎折次數(將1個往返設為1次),例如可利用實施例所記載之方法進行測定。The number of bending (bending radius R=1 mm) of the optical film of the present invention in the bending resistance test is preferably 20,000 or more, more preferably 22,000 or more, and still more preferably 24,000 or more. If the number of bending is more than the above lower limit, it has sufficient bending resistance as a front panel material such as a flexible display device. Furthermore, the number of bending in the bending resistance test of the present invention means that when the optical film is repeatedly bent (in both front and back directions) using a bending test machine under the condition of a bending radius (radius of curvature) R of 1 mm, to The number of reciprocating bending times up to the point when the film ruptures (set 1 reciprocating as 1 time) can be measured by the method described in the examples, for example.

<聚醯胺系樹脂> 本發明之光學膜包含聚醯胺系樹脂。光學膜中所包含之聚醯胺系樹脂只要至少含有包含醯胺基之重複結構單元,則並無特別限定,例如可為選自由如下聚合物所組成之群中之至少1種聚合物:含有包含醯胺基之重複結構單元之聚合物(以下,亦稱為聚醯胺樹脂);及含有包含醯胺基之重複結構單元及包含醯亞胺基之重複結構單元兩者之聚合物(以下,亦稱為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂)。光學膜可含有1種聚醯胺系樹脂,亦可含有2種以上之聚醯胺系樹脂。就成膜性之觀點而言,基材層中所包含之聚醯胺系樹脂較佳為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。<Polyamide resin> The optical film of the present invention contains a polyamide resin. The polyamide resin contained in the optical film is not particularly limited as long as it contains at least a repeating structural unit containing an amide group. For example, it may be at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of the following polymers: Polymers containing repeating structural units of amide groups (hereinafter, also referred to as polyamide resins); and polymers containing both repeating structural units including amide groups and repeating structural units including amide groups (hereinafter , Also known as polyimide resin). The optical film may contain one type of polyamide resin, or two or more types of polyamide resin. From the viewpoint of film-forming properties, the polyamide resin contained in the base layer is preferably a polyamide resin.

於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂係具有式(2)所表示之結構單元之聚醯胺樹脂、或具有式(1)所表示之結構單元及上述式(2)所表示之結構單元之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。 [化1]

Figure 02_image005
[式(2)中,Z及X相互獨立地表示二價有機基,*表示鍵結鍵] [化2]
Figure 02_image007
[式(1)中,Y表示四價有機基,X表示二價有機基,*表示鍵結鍵] 就成膜性、透明性及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,聚醯胺系樹脂較佳為具有式(1)所表示之結構單元及式(2)所表示之結構單元之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。以下,對式(1)及式(2)進行說明,式(2)之相關說明係關於聚醯胺樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂兩者(聚醯胺系樹脂),式(1)之相關說明係關於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin is a polyamide resin having a structural unit represented by the formula (2), or a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and represented by the above formula (2) The structural unit of polyamide imine resin. [化1]
Figure 02_image005
[In formula (2), Z and X independently represent a divalent organic group, and * represents a bonding bond] [化2]
Figure 02_image007
[In formula (1), Y represents a tetravalent organic group, X represents a divalent organic group, and * represents a bonding bond] From the viewpoints of film formation, transparency and bending resistance, polyamide resins are preferred It is a polyamide resin having a structural unit represented by formula (1) and a structural unit represented by formula (2). Hereinafter, the formula (1) and formula (2) will be described. The related description of formula (2) is about both polyamide resin and polyimide resin (polyamide resin), formula (1) The relevant description is about polyamide imide resin.

式(2)所表示之結構單元係二羧酸化合物與二胺化合物發生反應所形成之結構單元,式(1)所表示之結構單元係四羧酸化合物與二胺化合物發生反應所形成之結構單元。The structural unit represented by formula (2) is a structural unit formed by the reaction between a dicarboxylic acid compound and a diamine compound, and the structural unit represented by formula (1) is a structure formed by the reaction between a tetracarboxylic acid compound and a diamine compound unit.

式(2)中,Z表示二價有機基,較佳為表示可經碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基(該等基中之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子))取代的碳數4~40之二價有機基,更佳為表示可經碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基(該等基中之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子))取代的具有環狀結構之碳數4~40之二價有機基。再者,作為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基之例,下述式(3)中之R3a 及R3b 之相關例示同樣適用。作為環狀結構,可列舉:脂環、芳香環、雜環結構。作為Z之有機基,可列舉式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所表示之基之鍵結鍵中不相鄰之2個鍵結鍵被取代為氫原子而成之基、及碳數6以下之二價鏈式烴基。 [化3]

Figure 02_image009
[式(20)~式(29)中,W1 表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-Ar-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-Ar-O-、-Ar-O-Ar-、-Ar-CH2 -Ar-、-Ar-C(CH3 )2 -Ar-或-Ar-SO2 -Ar-,其中,Ar相互獨立地表示氫原子可被取代為氟原子之碳數6~20之伸芳基(例如伸苯基),*表示鍵結鍵] 作為Z之雜環結構,可列舉具有噻吩環骨架之基。就容易抑制光學積層體之黃度(降低YI值)之觀點而言,較佳為式(20)~式(29)所表示之基、及具有噻吩環骨架之基,更佳為式(26)、式(28)及式(29)所表示之基。In formula (2), Z represents a divalent organic group, and preferably represents an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons (such The hydrogen atom in the group may be substituted with a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom). A divalent organic group with 4 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1 ~6 alkoxy group, or aryl group with 6-12 carbons (the hydrogen atoms in these groups may be substituted with halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms)) substituted with cyclic structure and carbon number 4-40 The bivalent organic base. Furthermore, as examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons, the relationship between R 3a and R 3b in the following formula (3) The exemplification also applies. Examples of the cyclic structure include alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic structures. As the organic group of Z, formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula ( 28) A group in which two non-adjacent bonding bonds of the group represented by the formula (29) are substituted with hydrogen atoms, and a divalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or less carbon atoms. [化3]
Figure 02_image009
[In formulas (20) to (29), W 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -Ar-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-Ar-O-, -Ar-O-Ar-, -Ar-CH 2 -Ar-,- Ar-C(CH 3 ) 2 -Ar- or -Ar-SO 2 -Ar-, where Ar independently represents an aryl group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms (such as benzene Group), * represents a bonding bond] Examples of the heterocyclic structure of Z include groups having a thiophene ring skeleton. From the viewpoint of easily suppressing the yellowness of the optical laminate (reducing the YI value), the group represented by the formulas (20) to (29) and the group having a thiophene ring skeleton are more preferred, and the formula (26) ), formula (28) and formula (29).

作為Z之有機基,更佳為式(20')、式(21')、式(22')、式(23')、式(24')、式(25')、式(26')、式(27')、式(28')及式(29')所表示之二價有機基。 [化4]

Figure 02_image011
[式(20')~式(29')中,W1 及*如式(20)~式(29)中所定義] 再者,式(20)~式(29)及式(20')~式(29')中之環上之氫原子可被取代為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基(該等基中之氫原子可被取代為鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)取代)。As the organic group of Z, it is more preferably formula (20'), formula (21'), formula (22'), formula (23'), formula (24'), formula (25'), formula (26') , Formula (27'), formula (28') and formula (29') represented by the divalent organic group. [化4]
Figure 02_image011
[In formulas (20') to (29'), W 1 and * are as defined in formulas (20) to (29)] Furthermore, formulas (20) to (29) and (20') ~The hydrogen atom on the ring in formula (29') may be substituted with an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons (in these groups The hydrogen atom can be substituted with a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom)).

於聚醯胺系樹脂具有式(2)中之Z由上述式(20')~式(29')中任一式所表示之結構單元之情形時,尤其是具有式(2)中之Z由下述式(3')所表示之結構單元之情形時,就容易提高清漆之成膜性,容易提高光學膜之均勻性之觀點而言,較佳為除了該結構單元以外,聚醯胺系樹脂進而具有下式(d1)所表示之源自羧酸之結構單元。 [化5]

Figure 02_image013
[式(d1)中,R24 係針對下述式(3)中之R3a 所定義之基或氫原子,R25 表示R24 或-C(=O)-*,*表示鍵結鍵] 作為結構單元(d1),具體而言,可列舉:R24 及R25 均為氫原子之結構單元(源自二羧酸化合物之結構單元);R24 均為氫原子且R25 表示-C(=O)-*之結構單元(源自三羧酸化合物之結構單元)等。When the polyamide resin has a structural unit represented by any of the above formulas (20') to (29') in the formula (2), Z in the formula (2) is in particular In the case of the structural unit represented by the following formula (3'), from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the film-forming properties of the varnish and the uniformity of the optical film, it is preferable that in addition to the structural unit, a polyamide-based The resin further has a carboxylic acid-derived structural unit represented by the following formula (d1). [化5]
Figure 02_image013
[In formula (d1), R 24 is the group or hydrogen atom defined by R 3a in the following formula (3) , R 25 represents R 24 or -C(=O)-*, * represents a bonding bond] As the structural unit (d1), specifically, a structural unit in which R 24 and R 25 are both hydrogen atoms (a structural unit derived from a dicarboxylic acid compound); R 24 is a hydrogen atom and R 25 represents -C (=O)-*The structural unit (the structural unit derived from the tricarboxylic acid compound) and so on.

聚醯胺系樹脂可包含複數種Z作為式(2)中之Z,複數種Z可彼此相同,亦可不同。尤其就容易提高本發明之光學膜之耐彎曲性、耐衝擊性,且容易提高光學特性之觀點而言,聚醯胺系樹脂較佳為至少具有如下結構單元,即式(2)中之Z由較佳為式(3)、更佳為式(3')所表示之結構單元。 [化6]

Figure 02_image015
[式(3)中,R3a 及R3b 相互獨立地表示碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基,R3a 及R3b 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子,W相互獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-或-N(R9 )-,R9 表示氫原子、可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之一價烴基,s係0~4之整數,t係0~4之整數,u係0~4之整數,*表示鍵結鍵] [化7]
Figure 02_image017
[式(3')中,R3a 、R3b 、s、t、u、W及*如式(3)中所定義] 再者,於本說明書中,聚醯胺系樹脂具有式(2)中之Z由式(3)所表示之結構單元、及聚醯胺系樹脂具有式(3)所表示之結構作為式(2)中之Z含義相同,意指聚醯胺系樹脂中所包含之複數個式(2)所表示之結構單元中之至少一部分結構單元中之Z由式(3)所表示。該記載亦適用於其他相同之記載。The polyamide-based resin may include a plurality of types of Z as Z in the formula (2), and the plurality of types of Z may be the same or different from each other. Especially from the viewpoint of easily improving the bending resistance and impact resistance of the optical film of the present invention, and easily improving the optical properties, the polyamide resin preferably has at least the following structural units, namely Z in formula (2) It is preferably a structural unit represented by formula (3), more preferably a formula (3'). [化6]
Figure 02_image015
[In formula (3), R 3a and R 3b independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons, R 3a and R 3b The hydrogen atoms contained in can be independently substituted with halogen atoms, and W independently represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-,- C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 9 )-, R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, which can be substituted by a halogen atom A monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, s is an integer from 0 to 4, t is an integer from 0 to 4, u is an integer from 0 to 4, * represents a bonding bond] [化7]
Figure 02_image017
[In the formula (3'), R 3a , R 3b , s, t, u, W, and * are as defined in the formula (3)] Furthermore, in this specification, the polyamide resin has the formula (2) The Z in the formula (3) is a structural unit represented by the formula (3), and the polyamide resin has the structure represented by the formula (3). As Z in the formula (2) has the same meaning, it means that the polyamide resin contains Z in at least a part of the structural units represented by formula (2) is represented by formula (3). This record also applies to other similar records.

式(3)及式(3')中,W相互獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-或-N(R9 )-,就光學積層體之耐彎曲性之觀點而言,較佳為表示-O-或-S-,更佳為表示-O-。 R3a 及R3b 相互獨立地表示碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基。作為碳數1~6之烷基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基-丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基-丙基、正己基等。作為碳數1~6之烷氧基,例如可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基等。作為碳數6~12之芳基,例如可列舉:苯基、甲苯基、二甲苯基、萘基、聯苯基等。就光學積層體之表面硬度及柔軟性之觀點而言,R3a 及R3b 較佳為相互獨立地表示碳數1~6之烷基,更佳為表示碳數1~3之烷基。此處,R3a 及R3b 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子。 R9 表示氫原子、可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之一價烴基。作為碳數1~12之一價烴基,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、2-甲基-丁基、3-甲基丁基、2-乙基-丙基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、正癸基等,其等可經鹵素原子取代。作為上述鹵素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。In formula (3) and formula (3'), W independently represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 9 )-, from the viewpoint of the bending resistance of the optical laminate, preferably It represents -O- or -S-, and more preferably represents -O-. R 3a and R 3b independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, n-pentyl, and 2-methyl. -Butyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethyl-propyl, n-hexyl, etc. Examples of alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tertiary butoxy, and pentoxy. , Hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, etc. Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group. From the viewpoint of surface hardness and flexibility of the optical laminate, R 3a and R 3b preferably independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably represent an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Here, the hydrogen atoms contained in R 3a and R 3b may be substituted with halogen atoms independently of each other. R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 12 carbons which may be substituted with a halogen atom. Examples of monovalent hydrocarbon groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methyl Base-butyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethyl-propyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, tertiary octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, etc., which can be halogenated Atom substitution. As said halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned.

式(3)及式(3')中之t及u相互獨立為0~4之整數,較佳為0~2之整數,更佳為0或1,進而更佳為0。In formula (3) and formula (3′), t and u are independently an integer of 0-4, preferably an integer of 0-2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0.

式(3)及式(3')中之s係0~4之範圍內之整數,若s處於該範圍內,則容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性。就容易進一步提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,式(3)及式(3')中之s較佳為0~3之範圍內之整數,更佳為0~2之範圍內之整數,進而較佳為0或1,進而更佳為0。包含s為0之式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構作為式(2)中之Z的結構單元例如為源自對苯二甲酸或間苯二甲酸之結構單元,該結構單元尤佳為包含式(3)或式(3')中之s為0且u為0之結構的結構單元。就容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,聚醯胺系樹脂較佳為包含源自對苯二甲酸之結構單元。聚醯胺系樹脂可包含1種或2種以上之Z由式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構單元。就提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性,降低黃度(YI值)之觀點而言,聚醯胺系樹脂較佳為包含式(3)或式(3')中之s之值不同之2種以上之結構,更佳為包含式(3)或式(3')中之s之值不同之2種或3種結構作為式(2)中之Z。於此情形時,就容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點、以及容易降低光學膜之黃度(YI值)之觀點而言,聚醯胺系樹脂進而較佳為含有s為0之式(3)所表示之結構作為式(2)所表示之結構單元中之Z,除了包含該結構之結構單元以外,進而含有包含s為1之式(3)所表示之結構的結構單元。又,亦較佳為除了具有s為0之式(3)所表示之Z的式(2)所表示之結構單元以外,進而具有上述式(d1)所表示之結構單元。In formula (3) and formula (3'), s is an integer in the range of 0-4. If s is in this range, it is easy to improve the impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film. From the viewpoint that it is easy to further improve the impact resistance, elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, s in formula (3) and formula (3') is preferably an integer in the range of 0 to 3, more preferably It is an integer in the range of 0-2, more preferably 0 or 1, and still more preferably 0. The structure represented by formula (3) or formula (3') in which s is 0 as the structural unit of Z in formula (2) is, for example, a structural unit derived from terephthalic acid or isophthalic acid, and the structural unit Particularly preferred is a structural unit comprising a structure in which s is 0 and u is 0 in formula (3) or formula (3′). From the viewpoint of easily improving the impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, the polyamide-based resin preferably contains a structural unit derived from terephthalic acid. The polyamide-based resin may include one or two or more types of Z structural units represented by formula (3) or formula (3'). From the viewpoint of improving the impact resistance, elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, and reducing the yellowness (YI value), the polyamide resin preferably contains the formula (3) or the formula (3') Two or more structures with different values of s preferably include two or three structures with different values of s in formula (3) or formula (3') as Z in formula (2). In this case, from the viewpoints of easily improving the impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, and the viewpoint of easily reducing the yellowness (YI value) of the optical film, polyamide resins are more preferable It contains the structure represented by formula (3) where s is 0 as Z in the structural unit represented by formula (2), in addition to the structural unit containing the structure, it further contains the structure represented by formula (3) containing s as 1 The structural unit of the structure. Furthermore, it is also preferable to have a structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (d1) in addition to the structural unit represented by the formula (2) having Z represented by the formula (3) where s is 0.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂具有s=0且u=0之結構作為式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構(二價基)。於本發明之更佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂具有s=0且u=0之結構、及式(3")所表示之結構作為式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構。 [化8]

Figure 02_image019
於此情形時,容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性,並且容易降低黃度。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin has a structure with s=0 and u=0 as the structure (divalent group) represented by formula (3) or formula (3'). In a more preferable embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin has a structure with s=0 and u=0, and the structure represented by formula (3") is represented by formula (3) or formula (3')的结构。 [化8]
Figure 02_image019
In this case, it is easy to improve the impact resistance, elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film, and it is easy to reduce the yellowness.

於聚醯胺系樹脂具有式(2)中之Z由式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構單元之情形時,將聚醯胺系樹脂之式(1)所表示之結構單元及式(2)所表示之結構單元之合計設為100莫耳%時,其比率較佳為20莫耳%以上,更佳為30莫耳%以上,進而較佳為40莫耳%以上,進而更佳為50莫耳%以上,尤佳為60莫耳%以上,較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為85莫耳%以下,進而較佳為80莫耳%以下。若式(2)中之Z由式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構單元之比率為上述下限以上,則容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性。若式(2)中之Z由式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構單元之比率為上述上限以下,則容易抑制源自式(3)之醯胺鍵間氫鍵所導致之含樹脂清漆之黏度上升,從而提高膜之加工性。When the polyamide resin has the structural unit represented by formula (3) or formula (3') in the formula (2), the structural unit represented by formula (1) of the polyamide resin When the total of the structural units represented by formula (2) is set to 100 mol%, the ratio is preferably 20 mol% or more, more preferably 30 mol% or more, and still more preferably 40 mol% or more, More preferably, it is 50 mol% or more, particularly preferably 60 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 85 mol% or less, and still more preferably 80 mol% or less. If Z in formula (2) is represented by formula (3) or formula (3'), the ratio of the structural unit is more than the above lower limit, it is easy to improve the impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film. If Z in formula (2) is represented by formula (3) or formula (3'), the ratio of structural units represented by formula (3) or formula (3') is less than the above upper limit, it is easy to suppress the hydrogen bond between amide bonds derived from formula (3) The viscosity of the resin-containing varnish increases, thereby improving the processability of the film.

又,於聚醯胺系樹脂具有s=1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構作為式(2)中之Z之情形時,將聚醯胺系樹脂之式(1)所表示之結構單元及式(2)所表示之結構單元之合計設為100莫耳%時,具有s為1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z的式(2)所表示之結構單元之比率較佳為3莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上,進而較佳為7莫耳%以上,進而更佳為9莫耳%以上,較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下,進而較佳為50莫耳%以下,進而更佳為30莫耳%以下。若具有s為1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z的式(2)所表示之結構單元之比率為上述下限以上,則容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性。若具有s為1~4之式(3)所表示之Z的式(2)所表示之結構單元之比率為上述上限以下,則容易抑制源自式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構的醯胺鍵間氫鍵所導致之含樹脂清漆之黏度上升,從而提高膜之加工性。再者,式(1)、式(2)、式(2)中之Z由式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構單元之比率例如可利用1 H-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance,核磁共振)進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比算出。In addition, when the polyamide resin has a structure represented by formula (3) or formula (3') with s=1 to 4 as Z in formula (2), the formula ( 1) When the total of the structural unit represented by the formula (2) and the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is set to 100 mol%, the formula having the formula (3) represented by the formula (3) or the formula (3') where s is 1 to 4 (2) The ratio of the structural unit represented is preferably 3 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, still more preferably 7 mol% or more, still more preferably 9 mol% or more, more preferably It is 90 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, still more preferably 50 mol% or less, and still more preferably 30 mol% or less. If the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (2) having the formula (3) represented by the formula (3) or the formula (3') where s is 1 to 4 is more than the above lower limit, the chemical stability and resistance of the optical film will be easily improved. Impact, elastic modulus and bending resistance. If the ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (2) having Z represented by the formula (3) in which s is 1 to 4 is below the above upper limit, it is easy to suppress the expression derived from the formula (3) or the formula (3') The viscosity of the resin-containing varnish increases due to the hydrogen bonds between the amide bonds of the structure, thereby improving the processability of the film. Furthermore, the ratio of Z in formula (1), formula (2), and formula (2) in the structural unit represented by formula (3) or formula (3') can be, for example, 1 H-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance, Nuclear magnetic resonance) for measurement, or it can be calculated based on the addition ratio of raw materials.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂中之s為0~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z較佳為30莫耳%以上,更佳為40莫耳%以上,進而較佳為45莫耳%以上,進而更佳為50莫耳%以上。若s為0~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z為上述下限以上,則容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性。又,只要聚醯胺系樹脂中之s為0~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z為100莫耳%以下即可。再者,樹脂中之具有s為0~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z的式(2)所表示之結構單元之比率例如可利用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z represented by formula (3) or formula (3') in which s in the polyamide-based resin is 0-4 is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 45 mol% or more, and still more preferably 50 mol% or more. If Z represented by formula (3) or formula (3') in which s is 0 to 4 is more than the above lower limit, it is easy to improve the impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film. In addition, as long as s in the polyamide-based resin is 0 to 4, Z represented by formula (3) or formula (3') is 100 mol% or less. Furthermore, the ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (2) having s of 0-4 or Z represented by formula (3') in the resin can be measured by 1 H-NMR, or It can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of the raw materials.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂中之s為1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為8莫耳%以上,進而較佳為10莫耳%以上,進而更佳為12莫耳%以上。於聚醯胺系樹脂之s為1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z為上述下限以上之情形時,容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性。又,s為1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下,進而較佳為50莫耳%以下,進而更佳為30莫耳%以下。於s為1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z為上述上限以下之情形時,容易抑制源自s為1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之結構的醯胺鍵間氫鍵所導致之含樹脂清漆之黏度上升,從而提高膜之加工性。再者,樹脂中之具有s為1~4之式(3)或式(3')所表示之Z的式(2)所表示之結構單元之比率例如可利用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z represented by formula (3) or formula (3') in which s in the polyamide resin is 1 to 4 is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 8 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and still more preferably 12 mol% or more. When the formula (3) or formula (3') represented by the formula (3) or formula (3') where the polyamide resin s is 1 to 4 is above the above lower limit, it is easy to improve the impact resistance, elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film Sex. In addition, Z represented by formula (3) or formula (3') in which s is 1 to 4 is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, and still more preferably 50 mol% or less, More preferably, it is 30 mol% or less. When Z represented by formula (3) or formula (3') where s is 1 to 4 is below the above upper limit, it is easy to suppress the expression derived from formula (3) or formula (3') where s is 1 to 4 The viscosity of the resin-containing varnish increases due to the hydrogen bonding between the amide bonds of the structure shown, thereby improving the processability of the film. Furthermore, the ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (2) having s of 1 to 4 in formula (3) or Z represented by formula (3') can be measured by, for example, 1 H-NMR, or It can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of the raw materials.

式(1)及式(2)中,X相互獨立地表示二價有機基,較佳為碳數4~40之二價有機基,更佳為具有環狀結構之碳數4~40之二價有機基。作為環狀結構,可列舉:脂環、芳香環、雜環結構。關於上述有機基,有機基中之氫原子可被取代為烴基或經氟取代之烴基,於此情形時,烴基及經氟取代之烴基之碳數較佳為1~8。於本發明之一實施方式中,本發明之聚醯胺系樹脂可包含複數種X,複數種X可彼此相同,亦可不同。作為X,可列舉:式(10)、式(11)、式(12)、式(13)、式(14)、式(15)、式(16)、式(17)及式(18)所表示之基;該式(10)~式(18)所表示之基中之氫原子由甲基、氟代基、氯代基或三氟甲基取代而成之基;以及碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。In formula (1) and formula (2), X independently represents a divalent organic group, preferably a divalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbons, and more preferably two having a cyclic structure having 4 to 40 carbons Valence organic base. Examples of the cyclic structure include alicyclic, aromatic, and heterocyclic structures. Regarding the above-mentioned organic group, the hydrogen atom in the organic group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. In this case, the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group and the fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-8. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin of the present invention may include a plurality of types of X, and the plurality of types of X may be the same or different from each other. Examples of X include: formula (10), formula (11), formula (12), formula (13), formula (14), formula (15), formula (16), formula (17), and formula (18) The group represented by the formula (10) to the formula (18) wherein the hydrogen atom in the group represented by the formula (10) to the formula (18) is substituted with a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group; and a carbon number of 6 or less The chain hydrocarbon group.

[化9]

Figure 02_image021
[化9]
Figure 02_image021

式(10)~式(18)中,*表示鍵結鍵, V1 、V2 及V3 相互獨立地表示單鍵、-O-、-S-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-CO-或-N(Q)-。其中,Q表示可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之一價烴基。作為碳數1~12之一價烴基,可列舉上文關於R9 所述之基。 一例中,V1 及V3 為單鍵、-O-或-S-,且V2 為-CH2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -或-SO2 -。V1 及V2 與各環之鍵結位置、以及V2 及V3 與各環之鍵結位置相互獨立地相對於各環較佳為間位或對位,更佳為對位。In formulas (10) to (18), * represents a bonding bond, V 1 , V 2 and V 3 independently represent a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -CO- or -N(Q)-. Wherein, Q represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 12 carbons which may be substituted by a halogen atom. Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms include the groups described above for R 9. In one example, V 1 and V 3 are single bonds, -O- or -S-, and V 2 is -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -or -SO 2 -. The bonding positions of V 1 and V 2 and each ring, and the bonding positions of V 2 and V 3 and each ring are independently of each other, preferably meta-position or para-position, and more preferably para-position.

式(10)~式(18)所表示之基之中,就容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,較佳為式(13)、式(14)、式(15)、式(16)及式(17)所表示之基,更佳為式(14)、式(15)及式(16)所表示之基。又,就容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及柔軟性之觀點而言,V1 、V2 及V3 相互獨立地較佳為單鍵、-O-或-S-,更佳為單鍵或-O-。Among the bases represented by formulas (10) to (18), from the viewpoint of easily improving the chemical stability, impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, formulas (13), The groups represented by formula (14), formula (15), formula (16) and formula (17) are more preferably groups represented by formula (14), formula (15) and formula (16). In addition, from the viewpoint of easily improving the impact resistance, elastic modulus, and flexibility of the optical film, V 1 , V 2 and V 3 are preferably single bonds, -O- or -S- independently of each other, and more preferably It is a single bond or -O-.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂包含式(4)所表示之結構作為式(1)中之X或式(2)中之X。 [化10]

Figure 02_image023
[式(4)中,R10 ~R17 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基,R10 ~R17 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子,*表示鍵結鍵] 若式(1)及式(2)所表示之複數個結構單元中之X之至少一部分係式(4)所表示之結構,則容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及透明性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin contains the structure represented by formula (4) as X in formula (1) or X in formula (2). [化10]
Figure 02_image023
[In formula (4), R 10 to R 17 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, R 10 The hydrogen atoms contained in ~R 17 can be substituted with halogen atoms independently of each other, * represents a bonding bond] If at least a part of X in the plural structural units represented by formula (1) and formula (2) is represented by formula The structure shown in (4) can easily improve the chemical stability, impact resistance, elastic modulus and transparency of the optical film.

式(4)中,R10 、R11 、R12 、R13 、R14 、R15 、R16 及R17 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基。作為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基,可列舉式(3)中之碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基所例示之基。R10 ~R17 較佳為相互獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6之烷基,更佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基,其中,R10 ~R17 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子。作為鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。就光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數、透明性及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,R10 ~R17 進而較佳為相互獨立地表示氫原子、甲基、氟代基、氯代基或三氟甲基,進而更佳為R10 、R12 、R13 、R14 、R15 及R16 表示氫原子,R11 及R17 表示氫原子、甲基、氟代基、氯代基或三氟甲基,尤佳為R11 及R17 表示甲基或三氟甲基。In formula (4), R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 and R 17 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 The alkoxy group, or the aryl group with 6-12 carbons. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons in formula (3), and carbon number 1. The group exemplified by the alkoxy group of ~6 or the aryl group of 6-12 carbon atoms. Preferably, R 10 to R 17 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, wherein R 10 to R 17 include The hydrogen atoms can be substituted with halogen atoms independently of each other. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example. From the viewpoints of impact resistance, elastic modulus, transparency, and bending resistance of the optical film, R 10 to R 17 further preferably independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group, or Trifluoromethyl, more preferably R 10 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represent a hydrogen atom, and R 11 and R 17 represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or Trifluoromethyl, particularly preferably, R 11 and R 17 represent methyl or trifluoromethyl.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,式(4)所表示之結構單元係式(4')所表示之結構單元,即,式(1)及式(2)所表示之複數個結構單元中之X之至少一部分係式(4')所表示之結構單元。 [化11]

Figure 02_image025
於此情形時,藉由含有氟元素之骨架而提高聚醯胺系樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,容易提高含有該樹脂之清漆之保管穩定性,並且容易降低該清漆之黏度,容易提高光學膜之加工性。又,藉由含有氟元素之骨架,容易提高光學膜之光學特性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the structural unit represented by formula (4) is the structural unit represented by formula (4'), that is, multiple structural units represented by formula (1) and formula (2) At least a part of X in it is a structural unit represented by formula (4'). [化11]
Figure 02_image025
In this case, the solubility of the polyamide resin in the solvent is improved by the skeleton containing the fluorine element, and the storage stability of the varnish containing the resin is easily improved, and the viscosity of the varnish is easily reduced, and the optical film is easily improved. The processability. In addition, the fluorine-containing skeleton makes it easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,上述聚醯胺系樹脂中之X之較佳為30莫耳%以上、更佳為50莫耳%以上、進而較佳為70莫耳%以上由式(4)、尤其是式(4')所表示。於聚醯胺系樹脂中之上述範圍內之X由式(4)、尤其是式(4')所表示之情形時,所獲得之光學膜藉由含有氟元素之骨架,容易提高樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,容易提高含有該樹脂之清漆之保管穩定性,並且容易降低該清漆之黏度,容易提高光學膜之加工性。又,藉由含有氟元素之骨架,亦容易提高光學膜之光學特性。再者,較佳為上述聚醯胺系樹脂中之X之100莫耳%以下由式(4)、尤其是式(4')所表示。上述樹脂中之X可為式(4)、尤其是式(4')。上述樹脂中之X之由式(4)所表示之結構單元的比率例如可利用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, X in the polyamide resin is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, and more preferably 70 mol% or more. (4) Especially expressed by formula (4'). When X in the above-mentioned range in the polyamide-based resin is represented by formula (4), especially formula (4'), the obtained optical film contains a fluorine element skeleton, which is easy to improve the resin's solvent The solubility of the resin is easy to improve the storage stability of the varnish containing the resin, and it is easy to reduce the viscosity of the varnish, and it is easy to improve the processability of the optical film. In addition, it is easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film by the skeleton containing the fluorine element. Furthermore, it is preferable that 100 mol% or less of X in the polyamide resin is represented by formula (4), especially formula (4′). X in the above resin may be formula (4), especially formula (4'). The ratio of the structural unit represented by the formula (4) of X in the above resin can be measured, for example, by 1 H-NMR, or can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of the raw materials.

式(1)中,Y表示四價有機基,較佳為表示碳數4~40之四價有機基,更佳為表示具有環狀結構之碳數4~40之四價有機基。作為環狀結構,可列舉:脂環、芳香環、雜環結構,就容易提高耐衝擊性及彈性模數之觀點而言,可較佳地列舉芳香環。上述有機基係有機基中之氫原子可被取代為烴基或經氟取代之烴基之有機基,於此情形時,烴基及經氟取代之烴基之碳數較佳為1~8。於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂係聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂,該聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂可包含複數種Y,複數種Y可彼此相同,亦可不同。作為Y,可列舉:以下之式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所表示之基;該式(20)~式(29)所表示之基中之氫原子被取代為甲基、氟代基、氯代基或三氟甲基而成之基;以及碳數6以下之四價鏈式烴基。In the formula (1), Y represents a tetravalent organic group, preferably a tetravalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbons, and more preferably a tetravalent organic group having 4 to 40 carbons having a cyclic structure. Examples of the cyclic structure include an alicyclic ring, an aromatic ring, and a heterocyclic structure. From the viewpoint of easy improvement in impact resistance and elastic modulus, an aromatic ring is preferably used. The above-mentioned organic group is an organic group in which the hydrogen atom in the organic group may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. In this case, the carbon number of the hydrocarbon group and the fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-8. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide-based resin is a polyamide-imide resin, and the polyamide-imide resin may include a plurality of types of Y, and the plurality of types of Y may be the same or different from each other. As Y, the following formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula ( 28) and the group represented by the formula (29); the hydrogen atom in the group represented by the formula (20) ~ formula (29) is substituted with a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group The group; and a tetravalent chain hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 6 or less.

[化12]

Figure 02_image027
[化12]
Figure 02_image027

式(20)~式(29)中,*表示鍵結鍵,W1 表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-Ar-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-Ar-O-、-Ar-O-Ar-、-Ar-CH2 -Ar-、-Ar-C(CH3 )2 -Ar-或-Ar-SO2 -Ar-。Ar表示氫原子可被取代為氟原子之碳數6~20之伸芳基,作為具體例,可列舉伸苯基。In formulas (20) to (29), * represents a bonding bond, W 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C (CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -Ar-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-Ar-O-, -Ar-O-Ar-, -Ar-CH 2 -Ar-, -Ar-C(CH 3 ) 2 -Ar- or -Ar-SO 2 -Ar-. Ar represents an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom can be substituted with a fluorine atom, and a specific example includes a phenylene group.

式(20)~式(29)所表示之基之中,就容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,較佳為式(26)、式(28)或式(29)所表示之基,更佳為式(26)所表示之基。又,就容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性,並且容易降低光學膜之黃度之觀點而言,W1 相互獨立地較佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,更佳為單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,進而較佳為單鍵、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -,進而更佳為單鍵或-C(CF3 )2 -。Among the bases represented by formulas (20) to (29), from the viewpoint of easily improving the chemical stability, impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, formulas (26), The group represented by formula (28) or formula (29) is more preferably the group represented by formula (26). In addition, from the viewpoint of easily improving the chemical stability, impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, and easily reducing the yellowness of the optical film, W 1 is preferably a single bond, -O independently of each other. -, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond, -O- , -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C (CF 3 ) 2 -, more preferably a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之Y之較佳為50莫耳%以上、更佳為60莫耳%以上、進而較佳為70莫耳%以上由式(26)所表示。若聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之上述範圍內之Y由式(26)、較佳為W1 為單鍵、-C(CH3 )2 -或-C(CF3 )2 -之式(26)、更佳為W1 為單鍵或-C(CF3 )2 -之式(26)所表示,則容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性,並且容易降低光學膜之黃度。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之Y由式(26)所表示之結構單元之比率例如可利用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Y in the polyimide imide resin is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and more preferably 70 mol% or more. Formula (26) expressed. If Y in the above-mentioned range in the polyamide imide resin is represented by formula (26), preferably W 1 is a single bond, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -or -C(CF 3 ) 2- 26). More preferably, W 1 is a single bond or -C(CF 3 ) 2 -represented by formula (26), which is easy to improve the chemical stability, impact resistance, elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film. And it is easy to reduce the yellowness of the optical film. The ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (26) of Y in the polyamide imide resin can be measured, for example, by 1 H-NMR, or can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of the raw materials.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,複數個式(1)中之Y之至少一部分由式(5)及/或式(9)所表示。 [化13]

Figure 02_image029
[式(5)中,R18 ~R25 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基,R18 ~R25 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子,*表示鍵結鍵] [化14]
Figure 02_image031
[式(9)中,R35 ~R40 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、或碳數6~12之芳基,R35 ~R40 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子,*表示鍵結鍵] 若複數個式(1)中之Y之至少一部分由式(5)所表示及/或由式(9)所表示,則容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及光學特性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least a part of Y in a plurality of formulas (1) is represented by formulas (5) and/or formulas (9). [化13]
Figure 02_image029
[In formula (5), R 18 to R 25 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, R 18 ~ The hydrogen atoms contained in R 25 can be independently substituted with halogen atoms, and * represents a bonding bond] [Chemical 14]
Figure 02_image031
[In formula (9), R 35 to R 40 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons, and the hydrogen atoms contained in R 35 to R 40 may be They are substituted with halogen atoms independently of each other, * represents a bonding bond] If at least a part of Y in the formula (1) is represented by the formula (5) and/or is represented by the formula (9), it is easy to improve the optical The chemical stability, impact resistance, elastic modulus and optical properties of the film.

式(5)中,R18 、R19 、R20 、R21 、R22 、R23 、R24 及R25 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基。作為碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基,可列舉上文中式(3)中之碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基所例示者。R18 ~R25 較佳為相互獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~6之烷基,更佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基,其中,R18 ~R25 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子。作為該鹵素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。就容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點、以及容易提高透明性並且容易維持該透明性之觀點而言,R18 ~R25 進而較佳為相互獨立地表示氫原子、甲基、氟代基、氯代基或三氟甲基,進而更佳為R18 、R19 、R20 、R23 、R24 及R25 表示氫原子,R21 及R22 表示氫原子、甲基、氟代基、氯代基或三氟甲基,尤佳為R21 及R22 表示甲基或三氟甲基。In formula (5), R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 22 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, and a carbon number of 1 to 6 The alkoxy group, or the aryl group with 6-12 carbons. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbons, or aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbons include the alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbons in the above formula (3), carbon An alkoxy group having 1 to 6 or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons is exemplified. R 18 to R 25 preferably independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons, wherein R 18 to R 25 includes The hydrogen atoms can be substituted with halogen atoms independently of each other. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. From the viewpoint of easy improvement of the impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, and the viewpoint of easy improvement of transparency and easy maintenance of the transparency, R 18 to R 25 preferably represent hydrogen independently of each other. Atom, methyl group, fluoro group, chloro group or trifluoromethyl group, more preferably R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 23 , R 24 and R 25 represent hydrogen atom, and R 21 and R 22 represent hydrogen Atom, methyl group, fluoro group, chloro group or trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably R 21 and R 22 represent a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.

式(9)中,就容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點、以及容易提高透明性並且容易維持該透明性之觀點而言,R35 ~R40 較佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~6之烷基,更佳為表示氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基,進而較佳為表示氫原子。其中,R35 ~R40 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子,作為該鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。作為R35 ~R40 中之碳數1~6之烷基及碳數6~12之芳基,分別可列舉上文所例示者。In formula (9), from the viewpoints of easy improvement of the chemical stability, impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, and the viewpoints of easy improvement of transparency and easy maintenance of the transparency, R 35 to R 40 preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably represents a hydrogen atom. Among them, the hydrogen atoms contained in R 35 to R 40 may be independently substituted with halogen atoms. Examples of the halogen atom include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms. As the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons and the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbons in R 35 to R 40, those exemplified above can be cited, respectively.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,式(5)由式(5')所表示,式(9)由式(9')所表示。 [化15]

Figure 02_image033
即,複數個Y之至少一部分由式(5')及/或式(9')所表示。於此情形時,容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性。進而,於式(5)由式(5')所表示之情形時,藉由含有氟元素之骨架,容易提高聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,容易提高含有該樹脂之清漆之保管穩定性,並且容易降低該清漆之黏度,容易提高光學膜之加工性。又,藉由含有氟元素之骨架,容易提高光學膜之光學特性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, formula (5) is represented by formula (5'), and formula (9) is represented by formula (9'). [化15]
Figure 02_image033
That is, at least a part of a plurality of Y is represented by formula (5') and/or formula (9'). In this case, it is easy to improve the impact resistance, elastic modulus and bending resistance of the optical film. Furthermore, in the case where the formula (5) is represented by the formula (5'), by containing the fluorine element skeleton, the solubility of the polyimide resin in the solvent is easily improved, and the varnish containing the resin is easily improved The storage stability, and easy to reduce the viscosity of the varnish, easy to improve the processability of the optical film. In addition, the fluorine-containing skeleton makes it easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之Y之較佳為50莫耳%以上、更佳為60莫耳%以上、進而較佳為70莫耳%以上由式(5)、尤其是式(5')所表示。若聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之上述範圍內之Y由式(5)、尤其是式(5')所表示,則藉由含有氟元素之骨架,容易提高聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,容易降低含有該樹脂之清漆之黏度,容易提高光學膜之加工性。又,藉由含有氟元素之骨架,容易提高光學膜之光學特性。再者,較佳為上述聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之Y之100莫耳%以下由式(5)、尤其是式(5')所表示。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之Y可為式(5)、尤其是式(5')。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之Y由式(5)所表示之結構單元之比率例如可利用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比算出。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Y in the polyimide imide resin is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and more preferably 70 mol% or more. Formula (5), in particular, it is represented by Formula (5'). If Y in the above range in the polyimide resin is represented by formula (5), especially formula (5'), it is easy to improve the polyimide imide resin by the skeleton containing fluorine element Solubility in solvents can easily reduce the viscosity of varnishes containing the resin and improve the processability of optical films. In addition, the fluorine-containing skeleton makes it easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film. Furthermore, it is preferable that 100 mol% or less of Y in the polyimide resin is represented by formula (5), especially formula (5'). Y in the polyimide resin may be formula (5), especially formula (5'). The ratio of the structural unit represented by formula (5) of Y in the polyamide imide resin can be measured by, for example, 1 H-NMR, or can be calculated based on the addition ratio of the raw materials.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,式(1)所表示之複數個結構單元較佳為除了Y由式(5)所表示之結構單元以外,進而包含Y由式(9)所表示之結構單元。於進而包含Y由式(9)所表示之結構單元之情形時,容易進一步提高光學膜之耐衝擊性及彈性模數。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the plural structural units represented by formula (1) preferably include Y represented by formula (9) in addition to the structural unit represented by formula (5) Structural units. When the structural unit represented by formula (9) is further included in Y, it is easy to further improve the impact resistance and elastic modulus of the optical film.

聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂可包含式(30)所表示之結構單元及/或式(31)所表示之結構單元,又,亦可除了式(1)及視情況式(2)所表示之結構單元以外,還包含式(30)所表示之結構單元及/或式(31)所表示之結構單元。 [化16]

Figure 02_image035
The polyimide imine resin may include the structural unit represented by formula (30) and/or the structural unit represented by formula (31), in addition to formula (1) and optionally formula (2) In addition to the structural unit, the structural unit represented by the formula (30) and/or the structural unit represented by the formula (31) is also included. [化16]
Figure 02_image035

式(30)中,Y1 表示四價有機基,較佳為有機基中之氫原子可被取代為烴基或經氟取代之烴基之有機基。作為Y1 ,可列舉:式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所表示之基;該式(20)~式(29)所表示之基中之氫原子被取代為甲基、氟代基、氯代基或三氟甲基而成之基;以及碳數6以下之四價鏈式烴基。於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂可包含複數種Y1 ,複數種Y1 可彼此相同,亦可不同。In formula (30), Y 1 represents a tetravalent organic group, preferably an organic group in which the hydrogen atom in the organic group can be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. Examples of Y 1 include: formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula (28) ) And the group represented by the formula (29); the hydrogen atom in the group represented by the formula (20) ~ formula (29) is substituted with a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group Group; and a tetravalent chain hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 6 or less. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide resin may include a plurality of Y 1 , and the plurality of Y 1 may be the same or different from each other.

式(31)中,Y2 表示三價有機基,較佳為有機基中之氫原子可被取代為烴基或經氟取代之烴基之有機基。作為Y2 ,可列舉:上述式(20)、式(21)、式(22)、式(23)、式(24)、式(25)、式(26)、式(27)、式(28)及式(29)所表示之基之鍵結鍵中任一者被取代為氫原子而成之基;及碳數6以下之三價鏈式烴基。於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂可包含複數種Y2 ,複數種Y2 可彼此相同,亦可不同。In formula (31), Y 2 represents a trivalent organic group, preferably an organic group in which the hydrogen atom in the organic group can be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. As Y 2 , the above formula (20), formula (21), formula (22), formula (23), formula (24), formula (25), formula (26), formula (27), formula ( 28) A group in which any one of the bonding bonds of the group represented by the formula (29) is substituted with a hydrogen atom; and a trivalent chain hydrocarbon group with 6 or less carbon atoms. In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyimide resin may include multiple types of Y 2 , and the multiple types of Y 2 may be the same or different from each other.

式(30)及式(31)中,X1 及X2 相互獨立地表示二價有機基,較佳為表示有機基中之氫原子可被取代為烴基或經氟取代之烴基之有機基。作為X1 及X2 ,可列舉:上述式(10)、式(11)、式(12)、式(13)、式(14)、式(15)、式(16)、式(17)及式(18)所表示之基;該式(10)~式(18)所表示之基中之氫原子被取代為甲基、氟代基、氯代基或三氟甲基而成之基;以及碳數6以下之鏈式烴基。In formula (30) and formula (31), X 1 and X 2 independently represent a divalent organic group, and preferably represent an organic group in which a hydrogen atom in the organic group can be substituted with a hydrocarbon group or a fluorine-substituted hydrocarbon group. Examples of X 1 and X 2 include the above-mentioned formula (10), formula (11), formula (12), formula (13), formula (14), formula (15), formula (16), and formula (17) And the group represented by the formula (18); the hydrogen atom in the group represented by the formula (10) to the formula (18) is substituted with a methyl group, a fluoro group, a chloro group or a trifluoromethyl group ; And a chain hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 6 or less.

於本發明之一實施方式中,聚醯胺系樹脂包含式(1)及/或式(2)所表示之結構單元、以及視情況式(30)及/或式(31)所表示之結構單元。又,就容易提高光學膜之光學特性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,上述聚醯胺系樹脂中,以式(1)及式(2)、以及視情況式(30)及式(31)所表示之全部結構單元為基準,式(1)及式(2)所表示之結構單元之比率較佳為80莫耳%以上,更佳為90莫耳%以上,進而較佳為95莫耳%以上。再者,聚醯胺系樹脂中,以式(1)及式(2)、以及視情況式(30)及/或式(31)所表示之全部結構單元為基準,式(1)及式(2)所表示之結構單元之比率通常為100%以下。再者,上述比率例如可利用1 H-NMR進行測定,或者亦可根據原料之添加比算出。In one embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide-based resin includes a structural unit represented by formula (1) and/or formula (2), and optionally a structure represented by formula (30) and/or formula (31) unit. In addition, from the viewpoint of easily improving the optical properties, impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, among the above-mentioned polyamide-based resins, formulas (1) and (2), and as appropriate All the structural units represented by (30) and formula (31) are based, and the ratio of structural units represented by formula (1) and formula (2) is preferably 80 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or more , And more preferably 95 mol% or more. Furthermore, in the polyamide resin, based on all the structural units represented by formula (1) and formula (2), and as the case may be, formula (30) and/or formula (31), formula (1) and formula (2) The ratio of structural units indicated is usually 100% or less. In addition, the above-mentioned ratio can be measured by 1 H-NMR, for example, or it can also be calculated based on the addition ratio of raw materials.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜中之聚醯胺系樹脂之含量相對於光學膜100質量份,較佳為10質量份以上,更佳為30質量份以上,進而較佳為50質量份以上,較佳為99.5質量份以下,更佳為95質量份以下。若聚醯胺系樹脂之含量處於上述範圍內,則容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、光學特性、耐衝擊性及彈性模數。In one embodiment of the present invention, the content of the polyamide resin in the optical film relative to 100 parts by mass of the optical film is preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 50 parts by mass Parts or more, preferably 99.5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 95 parts by mass or less. If the content of the polyamide resin is within the above range, it is easy to improve the chemical stability, optical properties, impact resistance and elastic modulus of the optical film.

就容易提高光學膜之化學穩定性、耐衝擊性、彈性模數及耐彎曲性之觀點而言,聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量以標準聚苯乙烯換算計較佳為200,000以上,更佳為230,000以上,進而較佳為250,000以上,進而更佳為270,000以上,尤佳為280,000以上。又,就容易提高該樹脂於溶劑中之溶解性,並且容易提高光學膜之延伸性及加工性之觀點而言,聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為1,000,000以下,更佳為800,000以下,進而較佳為700,000以下,進而更佳為500,000以下。重量平均分子量例如可進行GPC測定,藉由標準聚苯乙烯換算而求出,例如可利用實施例所記載之方法算出。再者,亦可藉由提高光學膜中所包含之聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量而提高光學膜之耐彎曲性,但若聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量過高,則有損光學膜之加工性,例如亦存在光學膜之物理性質及光學性質容易產生偏差之情形。具有上述特徵之本發明之光學膜即便於該光學膜中所包含之聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量相對較低之情形時,亦容易提高耐彎曲性,故而容易進一步提高光學膜之物理性質及光學性質之均質性。From the viewpoint of easily improving the chemical stability, impact resistance, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the optical film, the weight average molecular weight of the polyamide resin is preferably 200,000 or more in terms of standard polystyrene, and more preferably 230,000 or more, more preferably 250,000 or more, still more preferably 270,000 or more, and particularly preferably 280,000 or more. In addition, from the viewpoint of easily improving the solubility of the resin in a solvent, and easily improving the extensibility and processability of the optical film, the weight average molecular weight of the polyamide-based resin is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 800,000 or less , More preferably 700,000 or less, and still more preferably 500,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight can be measured by, for example, GPC, and can be calculated by standard polystyrene conversion, and can be calculated, for example, by the method described in the examples. Furthermore, it is also possible to improve the bending resistance of the optical film by increasing the weight average molecular weight of the polyamide resin contained in the optical film. However, if the weight average molecular weight of the polyamide resin is too high, the optics will be impaired. For the processability of the film, for example, the physical properties and optical properties of the optical film are prone to deviations. The optical film of the present invention having the above-mentioned characteristics is easy to improve the bending resistance even when the weight average molecular weight of the polyamide resin contained in the optical film is relatively low, and therefore it is easy to further improve the physical properties of the optical film And the homogeneity of optical properties.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,於聚醯胺系樹脂為聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之情形時,該聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之式(2)所表示之結構單元之含量相對於式(1)所表示之結構單元1莫耳,較佳為0.1莫耳以上,更佳為0.5莫耳以上,進而較佳為1.0莫耳以上,進而更佳為1.5莫耳以上,較佳為6.0莫耳以下,更佳為5.0莫耳以下,進而較佳為4.5莫耳以下。若式(2)所表示之結構單元之含量為上述下限以上,則容易提高光學膜之耐衝擊性及彈性模數。又,若式(2)所表示之結構單元之含量為上述上限以下,則容易抑制式(2)中之醯胺鍵間之氫鍵所導致之增黏,從而提高光學膜之加工性。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, when the polyamide resin is a polyamide resin, the content of the structural unit represented by formula (2) in the polyamide resin Relative to 1 mol of the structural unit represented by formula (1), it is preferably 0.1 mol or more, more preferably 0.5 mol or more, still more preferably 1.0 mol or more, and even more preferably 1.5 mol or more. It is preferably 6.0 mol or less, more preferably 5.0 mol or less, and still more preferably 4.5 mol or less. If the content of the structural unit represented by formula (2) is more than the above lower limit, it is easy to improve the impact resistance and elastic modulus of the optical film. Moreover, if the content of the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is below the above upper limit, it is easy to suppress the viscosity increase caused by the hydrogen bond between the amide bonds in the formula (2), thereby improving the processability of the optical film.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,光學膜中所包含之聚醯胺系樹脂例如可包含可由上述含氟取代基等導入的氟原子等鹵素原子。於聚醯胺系樹脂包含鹵素原子之情形時,容易提高光學膜之彈性模數,且降低黃度(YI值)。若光學膜之彈性模數較高,則容易抑制損傷及皺褶等之發生。又,若光學膜之黃度較低,則容易提高該膜之透明性及視認性。鹵素原子較佳為氟原子。作為用以使聚醯亞胺系樹脂含有氟原子之較佳之含氟取代基,例如可列舉氟代基及三氟甲基。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the polyamide resin contained in the optical film may include, for example, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms that can be introduced by the above-mentioned fluorine-containing substituents. When the polyamide resin contains halogen atoms, it is easy to increase the elastic modulus of the optical film and reduce the yellowness (YI value). If the elastic modulus of the optical film is high, it is easy to suppress the occurrence of damage and wrinkles. In addition, if the yellowness of the optical film is low, it is easy to improve the transparency and visibility of the film. The halogen atom is preferably a fluorine atom. As a preferable fluorine-containing substituent for making the polyimide resin contain a fluorine atom, a fluorine group and a trifluoromethyl group are mentioned, for example.

以聚醯胺系樹脂之質量為基準,聚醯胺系樹脂中之鹵素原子之含量分別較佳為1~40質量%,更佳為5~40質量%,進而較佳為5~30質量%。若鹵素原子之含量為上述下限以上,則容易進一步提高光學膜之彈性模數,降低吸水率,進一步降低黃度,進一步提高透明性及視認性。若鹵素原子之含量為上述上限以下,則容易合成。Based on the mass of the polyamide resin, the content of the halogen atom in the polyamide resin is preferably 1-40% by mass, more preferably 5-40% by mass, and still more preferably 5-30% by mass . If the content of halogen atoms is more than the above lower limit, it is easy to further increase the elastic modulus of the optical film, reduce the water absorption rate, further reduce the yellowness, and further improve the transparency and visibility. If the content of halogen atoms is less than the above upper limit, synthesis is easy.

聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之醯亞胺化率較佳為90%以上,更佳為93%以上,進而較佳為96%以上。就容易提高光學膜之光學特性之觀點而言,醯亞胺化率較佳為上述下限以上。又,醯亞胺化率之上限為100%以下。醯亞胺化率表示聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之醯亞胺鍵之莫耳量相對於源自四羧酸化合物之結構單元之莫耳量之2倍之值的比率。再者,於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂包含三羧酸化合物之情形時,醯亞胺化率表示聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之醯亞胺鍵之莫耳量相對於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂中之源自四羧酸化合物之結構單元之莫耳量之2倍之值與源自三羧酸化合物之結構單元之莫耳量之合計的比率。又,醯亞胺化率可藉由IR(infrared spectroscopy,紅外分光)法、NMR法等求出。The imidization rate of the polyimide resin is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 93% or more, and still more preferably 96% or more. From the viewpoint of easy improvement of the optical properties of the optical film, the imidization rate is preferably at least the above lower limit. In addition, the upper limit of the imidization rate is 100% or less. The imidization rate represents the ratio of the molar amount of the amide bond in the polyimide resin to the value of twice the molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound. Furthermore, when the polyimide imide resin contains a tricarboxylic acid compound, the imidization rate means the molar amount of the imine bond in the polyimide imide resin relative to the polyimide imide resin. The ratio of the value of twice the molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tetracarboxylic acid compound to the total molar amount of the structural unit derived from the tricarboxylic acid compound in the amine resin. In addition, the imidization rate can be determined by IR (infrared spectroscopy) method, NMR method, or the like.

(樹脂之製造方法) 聚醯胺樹脂例如可將二胺化合物及二羧酸化合物作為主要原料而製造。聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂及聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物樹脂例如可將四羧酸化合物、二羧酸化合物及二胺化合物作為主要原料而製造,其中,二羧酸化合物較佳為至少包含式(3")所表示之化合物。 [化17]

Figure 02_image037
[式(3")中,R1 ~R8 相互獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基、碳數1~6之烷氧基、或碳數6~12之芳基,R1 ~R8 中所包含之氫原子可相互獨立地被取代為鹵素原子, A表示單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-CH2 -CH2 -、-CH(CH3 )-、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -、-S-、-CO-或-N(R9 )-, R9 表示氫原子、可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1~12之一價烴基, m係0~4之整數, R31 及R32 相互獨立地表示羥基、甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基或氯原子](Method for producing resin) Polyamide resin can be produced using, for example, a diamine compound and a dicarboxylic acid compound as main raw materials. Polyamide imide resins and polyamide imide precursor resins can be produced, for example, using tetracarboxylic acid compounds, dicarboxylic acid compounds, and diamine compounds as main raw materials. Among them, the dicarboxylic acid compound preferably contains at least The compound represented by formula (3"). [化17]
Figure 02_image037
[In formula (3"), R 1 to R 8 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons, an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons, or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, R The hydrogen atoms contained in 1 to R 8 can be independently substituted with halogen atoms. A represents a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -, -S-, -CO- or -N(R 9 )-, R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, which can be substituted by a halogen atom The monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1-12 carbon atoms, m is an integer of 0-4, R 31 and R 32 independently represent hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butyl Oxy group, second butoxy group, third butoxy group or chlorine atom]

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,二羧酸化合物係m為0之式(3")所表示之化合物。作為二羧酸化合物,更佳為除了m為0之式(3")所表示之化合物以外還使用A為氧原子之式(3")所表示之化合物。又,於另一較佳之一實施方式中,二羧酸化合物係R31 及R32 為氯原子之式(3")所表示之化合物。又,亦可使用二異氰酸酯化合物來代替二胺化合物。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the dicarboxylic acid compound is a compound represented by the formula (3") in which m is 0. As the dicarboxylic acid compound, it is more preferable to be a compound represented by the formula (3") in which m is 0 In addition to the compounds shown, a compound represented by formula (3") in which A is an oxygen atom is also used. In another preferred embodiment, the dicarboxylic acid compound is in formula (3" in which R 31 and R 32 are chlorine atoms ") represented by the compound. In addition, a diisocyanate compound may be used instead of the diamine compound.

作為用以製造樹脂之二胺化合物,例如可列舉:脂肪族二胺、芳香族二胺及其等之混合物。再者,於本實施方式中,「芳香族二胺」表示胺基與芳香環直接鍵結之二胺,其結構之一部分可包含脂肪族基或其他取代基。該芳香環可為單環,亦可為縮合環,可列舉苯環、萘環、蒽環及茀環等,但並不限定於其等。其中,較佳為苯環。又,「脂肪族二胺」表示胺基與脂肪族基直接鍵結之二胺,其結構之一部分可包含芳香環或其他取代基。Examples of the diamine compound used to produce the resin include aliphatic diamine, aromatic diamine, and mixtures thereof. Furthermore, in this embodiment, "aromatic diamine" means a diamine in which an amine group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring, and a part of its structure may include an aliphatic group or other substituents. The aromatic ring may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a sulphur ring, but are not limited to them. Among them, a benzene ring is preferred. In addition, "aliphatic diamine" means a diamine in which an amine group and an aliphatic group are directly bonded, and a part of its structure may include an aromatic ring or other substituents.

作為脂肪族二胺,例如可列舉:六亞甲基二胺等非環式脂肪族二胺;以及1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、降𦯉烷二胺及4,4'-二胺二環己甲烷等環式脂肪族二胺等。其等可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。As aliphatic diamines, for example, acyclic aliphatic diamines such as hexamethylene diamine; and 1,3-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(aminomethyl) Base) cyclohexane, noralkylene diamine and 4,4'-diamine dicyclohexylmethane and other cyclic aliphatic diamines. These etc. can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為芳香族二胺,例如可列舉:對苯二胺、間苯二胺、2,4-甲苯二胺、間苯二甲胺、對苯二甲胺、1,5-二胺基萘、2,6-二胺基萘等具有1個芳香環之芳香族二胺;4,4'-二胺基二苯甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(有時記為TFMB)、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-甲基苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-氯苯基)茀、9,9-雙(4-胺基-3-氟苯基)茀等具有2個以上芳香環之芳香族二胺。其等可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。Examples of aromatic diamines include p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, 2,4-toluenediamine, m-xylylenediamine, p-xylylenediamine, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2 ,6-Diaminonaphthalene and other aromatic diamines with one aromatic ring; 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diamine Diphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether Diphenyl ingot, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ingot, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, Bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfur, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfur, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminobenzene Oxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoro Methyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (sometimes referred to as TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 9,9-bis(4-amino) Phenyl) sulphur, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-methylphenyl) sulphur, 9,9-bis(4-amino-3-chlorophenyl) sulphur, 9,9-bis( Aromatic diamines having two or more aromatic rings, such as 4-amino-3-fluorophenyl) pyridine. These etc. can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為芳香族二胺,可較佳地列舉:4,4'-二胺基二苯甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯,可更佳地列舉:4,4'-二胺基二苯甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯。其等可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。Examples of aromatic diamines include 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3, 3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy) Benzene, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] ash, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl] ash, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amine Phenyloxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis( Trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, more preferably: 4,4'-bis Diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 1,4-bis(4 -Aminophenoxy)benzene, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl] chrysene, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2 ,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (TFMB), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy) Base) Biphenyl. These etc. can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

上述二胺化合物之中,就光學膜之高彈性模數、高透明性、高柔軟性、高彎曲耐性及低著色性之觀點而言,較佳為使用選自由具有聯苯結構之芳香族二胺所組成之群中之1種以上。更佳為使用選自由2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯及4,4'-二胺基二苯醚所組成之群中之1種以上,進而更佳為使用2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯(TFMB)。Among the above-mentioned diamine compounds, from the viewpoints of high elastic modulus, high transparency, high flexibility, high bending resistance and low colorability of the optical film, it is preferable to use aromatic diamine compounds selected from the group having a biphenyl structure. One or more of the group consisting of amines. More preferably, use selected from 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine, 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl and At least one of the group consisting of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and more preferably 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ( TFMB).

作為用以製造樹脂之四羧酸化合物,可列舉:芳香族四羧酸二酐等芳香族四羧酸化合物;及脂肪族四羧酸二酐等脂肪族四羧酸化合物等。四羧酸化合物可單獨使用,或者亦可將2種以上組合使用。除了二酐以外,四羧酸化合物亦可為醯氯化合物等四羧酸化合物相關物。Examples of the tetracarboxylic acid compound used to produce the resin include aromatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds such as aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride; and aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid compounds such as aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The tetracarboxylic acid compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. In addition to the dianhydride, the tetracarboxylic acid compound may also be a tetracarboxylic acid compound related product such as a chlorine compound.

作為芳香族四羧酸二酐之具體例,可列舉:非縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐、單環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐及縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐。作為非縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐,例如可列舉:4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基苯基)丙烷二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(有時記為6FDA)、1,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4'-(對苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、4,4'-(間苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐。又,作為單環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐,例如可列舉1,2,4,5-苯四羧酸二酐,作為縮合多環式之芳香族四羧酸二酐,例如可列舉2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐。Specific examples of aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include: non-condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, monocyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides Acid dianhydride. Examples of non-condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include: 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3' -Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2, 2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene Yl)diphthalic dianhydride (sometimes referred to as 6FDA), 1,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxybenzene) Base) ethane dianhydride, 1,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, bis(3 ,4-Dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, 4,4'-(terephthalic acid) dianhydride, 4,4 '-(Isophthalic dioxy)diphthalic dianhydride. In addition, examples of monocyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and examples of condensed polycyclic aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include 2,3,6,7-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride.

其中,可較佳地列舉:4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基苯基)丙烷二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(6FDA)、1,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、4,4'-(對苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐及4,4'-(間苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐,可更佳地列舉:4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(6FDA)、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐及4,4'-(對苯二氧基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐。其等可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。Among them, can be preferably cited: 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3 '-Benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3, 3',4,4'-Diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxybenzene) Base) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride (6FDA ), 1,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2-bis(3, 4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2 ,3-Dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, 4,4'-(terephthalic acid) dianhydride and 4,4'-(isophthalic acid) Anhydrides, more preferably: 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'- Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride (6FDA), bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride and 4,4 '-(Terephthalenedioxy)diphthalic dianhydride. These etc. can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

作為脂肪族四羧酸二酐,可列舉環式或非環式之脂肪族四羧酸二酐。環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐係指具有脂環式烴結構之四羧酸二酐,作為其具體例,可列舉:1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐等環烷烴四羧酸二酐、雙環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、二環己基-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐及其等之位置異構物。其等可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。作為非環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐之具體例,可列舉:1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐、及1,2,3,4-戊烷四羧酸二酐等,其等可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。又,可將環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐及非環式脂肪族四羧酸二酐組合使用。Examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include cyclic or acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Cycloaliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride refers to a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure. Specific examples include: 1,2,4,5-cyclohexane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1 , 2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride and other cycloalkane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-7 -En-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, dicyclohexyl-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride and their positional isomers. These etc. can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Specific examples of acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 1,2,3,4-pentane tetracarboxylic dianhydride These can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. In addition, cycloaliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and acyclic aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be used in combination.

上述四羧酸二酐之中,就光學膜之高耐衝擊性、高彈性模數、高表面硬度、高透明性、高柔軟性、高彎曲耐性、及低著色性之觀點而言,較佳為4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、以及其等之混合物,更佳為3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐及4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、以及其等之混合物,進而較佳為4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(6FDA)及3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐(BPDA)。Among the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, from the viewpoints of high impact resistance, high modulus of elasticity, high surface hardness, high transparency, high flexibility, high bending resistance, and low coloring properties of the optical film, it is preferable 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid Dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4 -Dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride, and mixtures thereof, more preferably 3,3',4,4'- Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride and 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic dianhydride, and mixtures thereof, and more preferably 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene Base) diphthalic dianhydride (6FDA) and 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA).

作為用以製造樹脂之二羧酸化合物,可較佳地使用對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、4,4'-氧基雙苯甲酸或其等之醯氯化合物。除了對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、4,4'-氧基雙苯甲酸或其等之醯氯化合物以外,還可使用其他二羧酸化合物。作為其他二羧酸化合物,可列舉:芳香族二羧酸、脂肪族二羧酸及與其等類似之醯氯化合物、酸酐等,可將2種以上組合使用。作為具體例,可列舉:間苯二甲酸;萘二甲酸;4,4'-聯苯二羧酸;3,3'-聯苯二羧酸;碳數8以下之鏈式烴之二羧酸化合物及2個苯甲酸由單鍵、-CH2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -或伸苯基連結之化合物、以及其等之醯氯化合物。作為具體例,較佳為4,4'-氧基雙(苯甲醯氯)、對苯二甲醯氯或間苯二甲醯氯,進而較佳為將4,4'-氧基雙(苯甲醯氯)與對苯二甲醯氯組合使用。As the dicarboxylic acid compound used to produce the resin, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 4,4'-oxybisbenzoic acid, or chloro compounds such as terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, or the like can be preferably used. In addition to terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 4,4'-oxybisbenzoic acid or its chlorinated compounds, other dicarboxylic acid compounds can also be used. Examples of other dicarboxylic acid compounds include aromatic dicarboxylic acids, aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, and similar chlorinated compounds, acid anhydrides, and the like, and two or more of them can be used in combination. Specific examples include: isophthalic acid; naphthalenedicarboxylic acid; 4,4'-biphenyldicarboxylic acid; 3,3'-biphenyldicarboxylic acid; chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid with carbon number 8 or less The compound and two benzoic acids are connected by a single bond, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2 -or phenylene compound, and the like Chlorine compounds. As a specific example, 4,4'-oxybis(benzoic acid chloride), terephthalic acid chloride or m-phthalic acid chloride is preferred, and 4,4'-oxybis( Benzoyl chloride) is used in combination with terephthaloyl chloride.

再者,上述聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂亦可為在無損光學膜之各種物性之範圍內除了上述四羧酸化合物以外進而使四羧酸及三羧酸以及其等之酐及衍生物發生反應而成者。Furthermore, the above-mentioned polyamidoimide resin may also react with tetracarboxylic acid, tricarboxylic acid and their anhydrides and derivatives in addition to the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acid compound within the range of not damaging the various physical properties of the optical film. Become.

作為四羧酸,可列舉上述四羧酸化合物之酐之水加成物。Examples of the tetracarboxylic acid include water adducts of the anhydrides of the above-mentioned tetracarboxylic acid compounds.

作為三羧酸化合物,可列舉:芳香族三羧酸、脂肪族三羧酸及其等之相關之醯氯化合物、酸酐等,亦可將2種以上組合使用。作為具體例,可列舉:1,2,4-苯三羧酸之酐;1,3,5-苯三羧酸之酐;2,3,6-萘三羧酸-2,3-酐;鄰苯二甲酸酐與苯甲酸由單鍵、-O-、-CH2 -、-C(CH3 )2 -、-C(CF3 )2 -、-SO2 -或伸苯基連結之化合物。Examples of the tricarboxylic acid compound include aromatic tricarboxylic acids, aliphatic tricarboxylic acids, and related chlorinated compounds, acid anhydrides, and the like, and two or more of them may be used in combination. Specific examples include: 1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride; 1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylic acid anhydride; 2,3,6-naphthalenetricarboxylic acid-2,3-anhydride; A compound in which phthalic anhydride and benzoic acid are linked by a single bond, -O-, -CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -SO 2-or phenylene .

製造樹脂時,二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物及/或二羧酸化合物之使用量可根據所期望之聚醯胺系樹脂之各結構單元之比率而適當選擇。When producing the resin, the usage amount of the diamine compound, the tetracarboxylic acid compound, and/or the dicarboxylic acid compound can be appropriately selected according to the desired ratio of each structural unit of the polyamide-based resin.

製造樹脂時,二胺化合物、四羧酸化合物及二羧酸化合物之反應溫度並無特別限定,例如為5~350℃,較佳為20~200℃,更佳為25~100℃。反應時間亦並無特別限定,例如為30分鐘~10小時左右。可視需要於惰性氣體氛圍或減壓之條件下進行反應。於較佳之態樣中,反應係於常壓及/或惰性氣體氛圍下一面攪拌一面進行。又,反應較佳為於對反應呈惰性之溶劑中進行。作為溶劑,只要不對反應造成影響,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉:水、甲醇、乙醇、乙二醇、異丙醇、丙二醇、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇丁醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-丁氧基乙醇、丙二醇單甲醚等醇系溶劑;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯等酯系溶劑;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、甲基異丁基酮等酮系溶劑;戊烷、己烷、庚烷等脂肪族烴溶劑;乙基環己烷等脂環式烴溶劑;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴溶劑;乙腈等腈系溶劑;四氫呋喃及二甲氧基乙烷等醚系溶劑;氯仿及氯苯等含氯溶劑;N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺等醯胺系溶劑;二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等含硫系溶劑;碳酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯等碳酸酯系溶劑;及其等之組合(混合溶劑)等。其中,就溶解性之觀點而言,可較佳地使用醯胺系溶劑。When the resin is produced, the reaction temperature of the diamine compound, the tetracarboxylic acid compound, and the dicarboxylic acid compound is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 5 to 350°C, preferably 20 to 200°C, and more preferably 25 to 100°C. The reaction time is also not particularly limited, and is, for example, about 30 minutes to 10 hours. The reaction can be carried out in an inert gas atmosphere or under reduced pressure as needed. In a preferred aspect, the reaction is carried out while stirring under normal pressure and/or an inert gas atmosphere. In addition, the reaction is preferably carried out in a solvent inert to the reaction. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it does not affect the reaction. Examples include water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1-methyl Alcohol solvents such as oxy-2-propanol, 2-butoxyethanol, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, γ-pentane Lactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate and other ester solvents; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, methyl isobutyl ketone and other ketone solvents; Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane and heptane; alicyclic hydrocarbon solvents such as ethylcyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane Ether solvents; chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; amine solvents such as N,N-dimethylacetamide and N,N-dimethylformamide; Sulfur-containing solvents such as turpentine and cyclobutyl; carbonate-based solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate; and combinations thereof (mixed solvents), etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of solubility, an amide-based solvent can be preferably used.

於聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂製造時之醯亞胺化步驟中,可於醯亞胺化觸媒之存在下進行醯亞胺化。作為醯亞胺化觸媒,例如可列舉:三丙胺、二丁基丙基胺、乙基二丁基胺等脂肪族胺;N-乙基哌啶、N-丙基哌啶、N-丁基吡咯啶、N-丁基哌啶、及N-丙基六氫氮呯等脂環式胺(單環式);氮雜雙環[2.2.1]庚烷、氮雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷、氮雜雙環[2.2.2]辛烷、及氮雜雙環[3.2.2]壬烷等脂環式胺(多環式);以及吡啶、2-甲基吡啶(2-picoline)、3-甲基吡啶(3-picoline)、4-甲基吡啶(4-picoline)、2-乙基吡啶、3-乙基吡啶、4-乙基吡啶、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,4,6-三甲基吡啶、3,4-環戊烯并吡啶、5,6,7,8-四氫異喹啉、及異喹啉等芳香族胺。又,就容易促進醯亞胺化反應之觀點而言,較佳為與醯亞胺化觸媒一併使用酸酐。關於酸酐,可列舉用於醯亞胺化反應之慣用酸酐等,作為其具體例,可列舉:乙酸酐、丙酸酐、丁酸酐等脂肪族酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸等芳香族酸酐等。In the imidation step during the production of the polyimidimide resin, the imidization can be carried out in the presence of an imidation catalyst. Examples of the imidization catalyst include aliphatic amines such as tripropylamine, dibutylpropylamine, and ethyldibutylamine; N-ethylpiperidine, N-propylpiperidine, and N-butyl Alicyclic amines such as pyrrolidine, N-butylpiperidine, and N-propyl hexahydroazepine (monocyclic); azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, azabicyclo[3.2.1] Alicyclic amines (polycyclic) such as octane, azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, and azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonane; and pyridine, 2-picoline (2-picoline), 3-picoline, 4-picoline, 2-ethylpyridine, 3-ethylpyridine, 4-ethylpyridine, 2,4-lutidine, 2 ,4,6-trimethylpyridine, 3,4-cyclopentenopyridine, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinoline, and isoquinoline and other aromatic amines. In addition, from the viewpoint of facilitating the promotion of the imidization reaction, it is preferable to use an acid anhydride together with the imidization catalyst. The acid anhydrides include conventional acid anhydrides used in the imidization reaction, and specific examples thereof include aliphatic anhydrides such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, and butyric anhydride, and aromatic acid anhydrides such as phthalic acid.

聚醯胺系樹脂可利用慣用之方法、例如過濾、濃縮、萃取、晶析、再結晶、管柱層析法等分離方法、或該等方法組合而成之分離方法進行單離(分離精製),於較佳之態樣中,可藉由向包含透明聚醯胺系樹脂之反應液中添加大量甲醇等醇,使樹脂析出,並進行濃縮、過濾、乾燥等而進行單離。Polyamide resins can be isolated (separation and purification) by conventional methods, such as separation methods such as filtration, concentration, extraction, crystallization, recrystallization, column chromatography, or a combination of these methods. In a preferred aspect, isolation can be performed by adding a large amount of alcohol such as methanol to the reaction solution containing the transparent polyamide resin to precipitate the resin, and then performing concentration, filtration, drying, etc. for isolation.

於本發明之一實施方式中,除了聚醯胺系樹脂以外,光學膜亦可包含至少1種填料。作為填料,例如可列舉有機粒子、無機粒子等,可較佳地列舉無機粒子。作為無機粒子,可列舉:氧化矽、氧化鋯、氧化鋁、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鍺、氧化銦、氧化錫、銦錫氧化物(ITO)、氧化銻、氧化鈰等金屬氧化物粒子、氟化鎂、氟化鈉等金屬氟化物粒子等,其中,就容易提高光學膜之彈性模數及/或撕裂強度,提高耐衝擊性之觀點而言,可較佳地列舉氧化矽粒子、氧化鋯粒子、氧化鋁粒子,可更佳地列舉氧化矽粒子。該等填料可單獨使用或者將2種以上組合使用。In one embodiment of the present invention, in addition to the polyamide-based resin, the optical film may include at least one type of filler. Examples of the filler include organic particles and inorganic particles, and preferably inorganic particles. Examples of inorganic particles include metal oxide particles such as silicon oxide, zirconium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, germanium oxide, indium oxide, tin oxide, indium tin oxide (ITO), antimony oxide, and cerium oxide, Metal fluoride particles such as magnesium fluoride and sodium fluoride. Among them, from the viewpoint of easily improving the elastic modulus and/or tearing strength of the optical film and improving the impact resistance, preferably silicon oxide particles, Zirconia particles and alumina particles, more preferably silica particles. These fillers can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

填料、較佳為氧化矽粒子之平均一次粒徑通常為1 nm以上,較佳為5 nm以上,更佳為10 nm以上,進而較佳為15 nm以上,尤佳為20 nm以上,較佳為100 nm以下,更佳為90 nm以下,進而較佳為80 nm以下,進而更佳為70 nm以下,尤佳為60 nm以下,尤其更佳為50 nm以下,尤其進而較佳為40 nm以下。若氧化矽粒子之平均一次粒徑處於上述範圍內,則容易抑制氧化矽粒子之凝聚,提高光學膜之光學特性。填料之平均一次粒徑可利用BET(Brunauer-Emmett-Teller,布厄特)法進行測定。再者,可藉由穿透式電子顯微鏡或掃描式電子顯微鏡之圖像解析來測定平均一次粒徑。The average primary particle size of the filler, preferably silica particles, is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more, still more preferably 15 nm or more, particularly preferably 20 nm or more, more preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 90 nm or less, still more preferably 80 nm or less, still more preferably 70 nm or less, particularly preferably 60 nm or less, especially more preferably 50 nm or less, and particularly preferably 40 nm the following. If the average primary particle size of the silicon oxide particles is within the above range, it is easy to inhibit the aggregation of the silicon oxide particles and improve the optical properties of the optical film. The average primary particle size of the filler can be measured by the BET (Brunauer-Emmett-Teller, Buert) method. Furthermore, the average primary particle size can be measured by image analysis of a transmission electron microscope or a scanning electron microscope.

於本發明之一實施方式中,於光學膜含有填料、較佳為氧化矽粒子之情形時,填料之含量相對於光學膜100質量份通常為0.1質量份以上,較佳為1質量份以上,更佳為5質量份以上,進而較佳為10質量份以上,進而更佳為20質量份以上,尤佳為30質量份以上,較佳為60質量份以下。若填料之含量為上述下限以上,則容易提高光學膜之彈性模數。又,若填料之含量為上述上限以下,則容易提高光學膜之光學特性。又,於光學膜包含氧化矽粒子等填料之情形時,容易提高彈性模數,但存在彎曲性因其機械強度之增加而降低之虞。本發明之光學膜於內部具有可撓性優異之層,故而即便於光學膜含有填料之情形時,亦可具有較高之彎曲性。In one embodiment of the present invention, when the optical film contains a filler, preferably silica particles, the content of the filler relative to 100 parts by mass of the optical film is usually 0.1 part by mass or more, preferably 1 part by mass or more, It is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and preferably 60 parts by mass or less. If the content of the filler is more than the above lower limit, it is easy to increase the elastic modulus of the optical film. Moreover, if the content of the filler is below the above upper limit, it is easy to improve the optical properties of the optical film. In addition, when the optical film contains fillers such as silica particles, it is easy to increase the elastic modulus, but there is a possibility that the flexibility may decrease due to the increase in the mechanical strength. The optical film of the present invention has a layer with excellent flexibility inside, so even when the optical film contains a filler, it can have high flexibility.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜可進而含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑可自樹脂材料領域中通常用作紫外線吸收劑者中適當選擇。紫外線吸收劑可包含吸收400 nm以下波長光之化合物。作為紫外線吸收劑,例如可列舉選自由二苯甲酮系化合物、水楊酸酯系化合物、苯并三唑系化合物、及三𠯤系化合物所組成之群中之至少1種化合物。紫外線吸收劑可單獨使用或者將兩種以上組合使用。藉由使光學膜含有紫外線吸收劑,樹脂之劣化得以抑制,故而將光學膜應用於圖像顯示裝置等時能夠提高視認性。於本說明書中,「系化合物」係指附帶有「系化合物」這一表述之化合物之衍生物。例如,「二苯甲酮系化合物」係指具有作為母體骨架之二苯甲酮、及與二苯甲酮鍵結之取代基的化合物。In one embodiment of the present invention, the optical film may further contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber can be appropriately selected from those generally used as ultraviolet absorbers in the field of resin materials. The ultraviolet absorber may include a compound that absorbs light with a wavelength of less than 400 nm. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include at least one compound selected from the group consisting of benzophenone compounds, salicylate compounds, benzotriazole compounds, and triazole compounds. The ultraviolet absorber can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. By containing the ultraviolet absorber in the optical film, the deterioration of the resin is suppressed, and therefore the visibility can be improved when the optical film is applied to an image display device or the like. In this specification, "system compound" refers to a derivative of a compound with the expression "system compound" attached. For example, "benzophenone-based compound" refers to a compound having benzophenone as a parent skeleton and a substituent bonded to benzophenone.

於光學膜含有紫外線吸收劑之情形時,紫外線吸收劑之含量相對於光學膜100質量份較佳為1質量份以上,更佳為2質量份以上,進而較佳為3質量份以上,較佳為10質量份以下,更佳為8質量份以下,進而較佳為6質量份以下。較佳之含量根據所使用之紫外線吸收劑而有所差異,但若以400 nm之光線透過率為20~60%左右之方式調節紫外線吸收劑之含量,則光學膜之耐光性得以提高,並且容易提高透明性。When the optical film contains an ultraviolet absorber, the content of the ultraviolet absorber relative to 100 parts by mass of the optical film is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably It is 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 6 parts by mass or less. The preferred content varies according to the UV absorber used, but if the content of the UV absorber is adjusted in such a way that the light transmittance of 400 nm is about 20-60%, the light resistance of the optical film can be improved and it is easy to Improve transparency.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜可進而含有除填料、紫外線吸收劑以外之其他添加劑。作為其他添加劑,例如可列舉:抗氧化劑、脫模劑、穩定劑、上藍劑、阻燃劑、pH調整劑、氧化矽分散劑、滑劑、增黏劑、及調平劑等。於含有其他添加劑之情形時,其含量可相對於光學膜100質量份較佳為0.001~20質量份,更佳為0.01~15質量份,進而較佳為0.1~10質量份。In one embodiment of the present invention, the optical film may further contain other additives in addition to fillers and ultraviolet absorbers. Examples of other additives include antioxidants, mold release agents, stabilizers, bluing agents, flame retardants, pH adjusters, silica dispersants, slip agents, thickeners, and leveling agents. When other additives are contained, the content thereof may be preferably 0.001 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the optical film, more preferably 0.01 to 15 parts by mass, and still more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.

(光學膜之製造方法) 本發明之光學膜之製造方法並無特別限定,該製造方法可至少包含例如以下之步驟: (a)製備至少包含聚醯胺系樹脂及溶劑之樹脂組合物(以下,亦稱為「清漆」)的步驟(清漆製備步驟); (b)將清漆塗佈於支持材而形成塗膜之步驟(塗佈步驟);及 (c)使上述塗膜乾燥而形成光學膜之步驟(光學膜形成步驟)。(Method of manufacturing optical film) The manufacturing method of the optical film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and the manufacturing method may at least include, for example, the following steps: (a) A step of preparing a resin composition (hereinafter, also referred to as "varnish") containing at least a polyamide-based resin and a solvent (varnish preparation step); (b) The step of applying varnish to the support material to form a coating film (coating step); and (c) The step of drying the above-mentioned coating film to form an optical film (optical film forming step).

於清漆製備步驟中,藉由使聚醯胺系樹脂溶解於溶劑中,視需要添加上述填料、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑並進行攪拌混合而製備清漆。再者,於使用氧化矽粒子作為填料之情形時,可將包含氧化矽粒子之矽溶膠之分散液替換成可溶解上述樹脂之溶劑、例如下述用以製備清漆之溶劑,將由此獲得之矽溶膠添加至樹脂中。In the varnish preparation step, the varnish is prepared by dissolving the polyamide resin in a solvent, adding additives such as the filler and ultraviolet absorber as necessary, and stirring and mixing the varnish. Furthermore, when silica particles are used as a filler, the dispersion of silica sol containing silica particles can be replaced with a solvent that can dissolve the above-mentioned resin, such as the following solvents used to prepare varnishes, to obtain silicon The sol is added to the resin.

用以製備清漆之溶劑只要可溶解上述樹脂,則並無特別限定,就容易製造具有上述特徵之本發明之光學膜之觀點而言,作為溶劑,例如較佳為使用N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)等醯胺系溶劑;γ-丁內酯(GBL)、γ-戊內酯等內酯系溶劑;二甲基碸、二甲基亞碸、環丁碸等含硫系溶劑;碳酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯等碳酸酯系溶劑;及其等之組合,更佳為使用選自由醯胺系溶劑及內酯系溶劑所組成之群中之溶劑。該等溶劑可單獨使用或者將兩種以上組合使用。又,清漆可包含水、醇系溶劑、酮系溶劑、非環狀酯系溶劑、醚系溶劑等。清漆之固形物成分濃度較佳為1~25質量%,更佳為5~20質量%,進而較佳為5~15質量%。The solvent used to prepare the varnish is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the above-mentioned resin. From the viewpoint of easy production of the optical film of the present invention having the above-mentioned characteristics, as the solvent, for example, N,N-dimethyl is preferably used. Amine-based solvents such as acetamide (DMAc) and N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF); lactone-based solvents such as γ-butyrolactone (GBL) and γ-valerolactone; dimethyl sulfide Sulfur-containing solvents such as dimethyl sulfide and cyclobutane; carbonate-based solvents such as ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate; and combinations thereof, preferably selected from amide-based solvents and lactones A solvent in the group of solvents. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, the varnish may contain water, alcohol-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, acyclic ester-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and the like. The solid content concentration of the varnish is preferably 1 to 25% by mass, more preferably 5 to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 5 to 15% by mass.

於塗佈步驟中,藉由公知之塗佈方法於支持材上塗佈清漆而形成塗膜。作為公知之塗佈方法,例如可列舉:線棒塗佈法、反向塗佈法、凹版塗佈法等輥式塗佈法、模嘴塗佈法、卡馬塗佈法、模唇塗佈法、旋轉塗佈法、網版塗佈法、噴注式塗佈法、浸漬法、噴霧法、流延成形法等。In the coating step, a varnish is applied to the support by a known coating method to form a coating film. As well-known coating methods, for example, roll coating methods such as wire bar coating, reverse coating, and gravure coating, die nozzle coating method, carma coating method, and die lip coating method can be cited. Method, spin coating method, screen coating method, spray coating method, dipping method, spray method, casting method, etc.

於膜形成步驟中,可藉由使塗膜乾燥,並將其自支持材剝離而形成光學膜。亦可設置剝離後進而使光學膜乾燥之步驟。塗膜之乾燥通常可於50~350℃之溫度下進行。可視需要於惰性氣體氛圍或減壓之條件下進行塗膜之乾燥。In the film formation step, an optical film can be formed by drying the coating film and peeling it from the support material. A step of drying the optical film after peeling can also be provided. The drying of the coating film can usually be carried out at a temperature of 50 to 350°C. The coating film can be dried in an inert gas atmosphere or under reduced pressure as needed.

作為支持材之例,金屬系可列舉SUS(Steel Use Stainless,不鏽鋼)板,樹脂系可列舉PET膜、PEN(polyethylene naphthalate,聚萘二甲酸乙二酯)膜、其他聚醯胺系樹脂膜、聚醯亞胺系樹脂膜、環烯烴系聚合物(COP)膜、丙烯酸系膜等、或具有硬塗層之該等樹脂膜、玻璃基板等。其中,就容易將光學膜之I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍之觀點、以及光學膜之平滑性及耐熱性優異之觀點而言,作為支持材,較佳為PET膜、COP膜、具有硬塗層之樹脂膜、SUS板、玻璃基板等,進而,就容易將I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍之觀點、成本、及生產性之觀點而言,支持材更佳為SUS板、具有硬塗層之樹脂膜,進而較佳為SUS板、具有硬塗層之PET膜。Examples of supporting materials include SUS (Steel Use Stainless) plates for metal systems, PET films, PEN (polyethylene naphthalate, polyethylene naphthalate) films, other polyamide resin films, and resin systems. Polyimide-based resin films, cycloolefin-based polymer (COP) films, acrylic films, etc., or these resin films with hard coat layers, glass substrates, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint that it is easy to adjust the I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 of the optical film to the above-mentioned range, and the viewpoint that the smoothness and heat resistance of the optical film are excellent, the support material is preferably PET film, COP film, resin film with hard coat layer, SUS plate, glass substrate, etc., furthermore, it is easy to adjust I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 to the above-mentioned range of viewpoint, cost, and production From the viewpoint of performance, the support material is more preferably a SUS plate or a resin film with a hard coat layer, and more preferably a SUS plate or a PET film with a hard coat layer.

就容易將上述I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍之觀點而言,較佳為藉由如下製造方法來進行上述膜形成步驟中之塗膜之乾燥,該製造方法包括如下步驟:使塗膜乾燥至特定溶劑量為止之後,將支持材(基材)剝離而獲得原料膜的步驟;及在內部分成複數個空間之拉幅爐內對該原料膜進行加熱之加熱步驟。進而,於拉幅爐中,較佳為於至少1個空間內以熱風處理方式進行加熱步驟,且於至少1個空間內以輻射線處理方式進行加熱步驟。再者,拉幅爐係指將膜寬度方向之兩端固定而進行加熱之爐。再者,於本說明書中,包括拉幅爐在內之用以加熱原料膜之加熱裝置亦稱為烘箱。From the viewpoint of ease of adjusting the above-mentioned I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 to the above-mentioned range, it is preferable to perform the drying of the coating film in the above-mentioned film formation step by the following manufacturing method: It includes the following steps: after the coating film is dried to a specific solvent amount, the support material (base material) is peeled off to obtain a raw film; and the raw film is heated in a tenter furnace divided into a plurality of spaces. step. Furthermore, in the tenter furnace, it is preferable to perform the heating step by hot air treatment in at least one space, and to perform the heating step by radiation treatment in at least one space. Furthermore, the tenter furnace refers to a furnace that fixes both ends in the width direction of the film and heats it. Furthermore, in this specification, the heating device for heating the raw film including the tenter oven is also called an oven.

一面參照圖,一面對本實施方式之光學膜之製造方法進行說明。圖1係模式性地表示本發明之一實施方式中之光學膜之製造方法之較佳實施方式的步驟剖視圖。於圖1中,至少包含聚醯胺系樹脂之原料膜20被搬入至拉幅爐100內,於拉幅爐100內之加熱區中進行加熱,其後自拉幅爐100搬出。於本說明書中,將經加熱步驟之前、及溶劑量等發生經時變化但處於加熱步驟中或在烘箱中搬送之膜稱為原料膜,將經加熱步驟且自烘箱搬出之膜稱為光學膜。With reference to the drawings, the manufacturing method of the optical film of this embodiment will be described. FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a preferred embodiment of a method of manufacturing an optical film in an embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 1, a raw film 20 containing at least a polyamide-based resin is carried into the tenter furnace 100, is heated in a heating zone in the tenter furnace 100, and then is carried out from the tenter furnace 100. In this specification, the film that has undergone the heating step and the amount of solvent changes over time but is in the heating step or transported in the oven is called the raw film, and the film that has undergone the heating step and carried out from the oven is called the optical film .

原料膜20可自捲取有原料膜之輥捲出並搬入至拉幅爐100內,亦可自其緊鄰之前一步驟起連續地搬入至拉幅爐內。圖2係模式性地表示本發明之光學膜之製造方法中之加熱步驟之較佳實施方式的步驟剖視圖。如圖2所示,原料膜20較佳為在與膜之搬送方向(亦稱為MD方向(Machine direction,機械方向)、長度方向)垂直之方向(亦稱為TD方向(Transverse Direction,橫向方向)、寬度方向)上之膜兩端被固定之狀態下於拉幅爐內搬送。固定例如利用固持裝置18進行。The raw film 20 may be unrolled from the roll on which the raw film is wound and carried into the tenter furnace 100, or it may be continuously carried into the tenter furnace from the immediately preceding step. 2 is a step cross-sectional view schematically showing a preferred embodiment of the heating step in the method of manufacturing the optical film of the present invention. As shown in Figure 2, the raw film 20 is preferably in a direction perpendicular to the transport direction of the film (also referred to as MD direction (Machine direction) and length direction) (also referred to as TD direction (Transverse Direction) ), the film on the width direction) is transported in the tenter furnace while the two ends of the film are fixed. The fixing is performed, for example, with the holding device 18.

可使用針板、夾子及膜夾頭等一般用於膜製造裝置之固持裝置來固定兩端。固定之兩端可根據所使用之固持裝置而適當進行調整,較佳為以距膜端部50 cm以內之距離固定。如圖2所示,原料膜可一面利用複數個固持裝置18固持其兩端,一面進行搬送。關於設置於膜之一端之複數個固持裝置18,其相鄰之固持裝置間之距離較佳為能夠抑制膜之晃動或加熱導致之尺寸變化所引起之破裂等缺陷。相鄰之固持裝置間18之距離較佳為1~50 mm,更佳為3~25 mm,進而較佳為5~10 mm。又,固持裝置較佳為以如下方式設置:將與膜搬送軸正交之直線對準膜之一端之任意固持裝置之固持部中央時,該直線與膜之另一端之交點和最靠近該交點之固持裝置之固持部中央之距離較佳為3 mm以下,更佳為2 mm以下,進而較佳為1 mm以下。藉此,能夠減小對抗之膜兩端部各者之應力之差,因此,能夠抑制所獲得之光學膜中之光學性質發生偏差。又,藉由在此種條件下一面使用固持裝置固定膜一面進行乾燥,膜乾燥時之晃動得以抑制,容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜。Needle plates, clamps, film chucks and other holding devices commonly used in film manufacturing devices can be used to fix both ends. Both ends of the fixation can be adjusted appropriately according to the holding device used, preferably at a distance of less than 50 cm from the end of the film. As shown in FIG. 2, the raw film can be transported while being held at both ends by a plurality of holding devices 18. Regarding the plurality of holding devices 18 arranged at one end of the film, the distance between the adjacent holding devices is preferably such that it can suppress defects such as cracking caused by the shaking of the film or the dimensional change caused by heating. The distance between adjacent holding devices 18 is preferably 1-50 mm, more preferably 3-25 mm, and still more preferably 5-10 mm. In addition, the holding device is preferably arranged in the following manner: when the straight line orthogonal to the film conveying axis is aligned with the center of the holding portion of any holding device at one end of the film, the intersection of the straight line and the other end of the film is closest to the intersection The distance between the center of the holding part of the holding device is preferably 3 mm or less, more preferably 2 mm or less, and still more preferably 1 mm or less. Thereby, the difference in the stress between the opposite ends of the film can be reduced, and therefore, the deviation of the optical properties in the obtained optical film can be suppressed. In addition, by drying the film while fixing the film with a holding device under such conditions, shaking during film drying is suppressed, and it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above-mentioned formula.

作為用固持裝置固定膜兩端之操作例,可列舉如下方法:在搬入至拉幅爐內之前或搬入至拉幅爐內之後之適當時機,利用膜之寬度方向上對向設置之複數個膜夾頭固定膜之寬度方向之兩端。藉由該等操作,膜之晃動等得到抑制,能夠獲得厚度不均或損傷等缺陷充分得到抑制之光學膜。又,容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜。膜兩端之固定只要在進行加熱步驟後適時解除即可,可於拉幅爐內進行,亦可自拉幅爐搬出後進行。As an example of the operation of fixing both ends of the film with the holding device, the following method can be cited: before loading into the tenter furnace or after loading into the tenter furnace, at an appropriate time, use a plurality of films opposed to each other in the width direction of the film The chuck fixes the two ends of the film in the width direction. By these operations, the shaking of the film is suppressed, and it is possible to obtain an optical film in which defects such as thickness unevenness and damage are sufficiently suppressed. In addition, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula. The fixing of both ends of the film only needs to be released in a timely manner after the heating step. It can be carried out in the tenter furnace or after being removed from the tenter furnace.

用於加熱步驟之拉幅爐之膜搬送方向之全長通常為10~100 m,較佳為15~80 m,更佳為15~60 m。拉幅爐之內部可為1個空間,亦可分為複數個空間,但於本發明之實施方式中,進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐採用內部分成複數個空間者。上述空間可為溫度條件或風速條件等可控之空間,亦可不具備間隔板等物理邊界。於拉幅爐之內部分成複數個空間之情形時,可與膜之搬送方向垂直或平行地分成複數個空間。空間之數量通常為2~20個,較佳為3~18個,更佳為4~15個,進而較佳為5~10個。不管拉幅爐之內部構造如何,可使拉幅爐整體為加熱區,亦可使內部之一部分為加熱區。參照圖1,可使區域10、12及14這3個區域皆為加熱區,亦可使其中1個區域、例如區域14為加熱區。The overall length of the film conveying direction of the tenter furnace used in the heating step is usually 10-100 m, preferably 15-80 m, more preferably 15-60 m. The inside of the stenter furnace may be one space or divided into a plurality of spaces. However, in the embodiment of the present invention, the stenter furnace that performs the heating step adopts the one in which the inside is divided into a plurality of spaces. The above-mentioned space may be a controllable space such as temperature conditions or wind speed conditions, or may not have physical boundaries such as partition plates. When the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of spaces, it can be divided into a plurality of spaces perpendicular or parallel to the transport direction of the film. The number of spaces is usually 2-20, preferably 3-18, more preferably 4-15, and still more preferably 5-10. Regardless of the internal structure of the stenter furnace, the entire stenter furnace can be used as a heating zone, or a part of the interior can be used as a heating zone. Referring to FIG. 1, all three areas of areas 10, 12, and 14 may be heating areas, or one of the areas, for example, area 14 may be a heating area.

亦可使用複數個拉幅爐。此情況下之拉幅爐之數量並無特別限定,例如可設為2~12個。各拉幅爐之內部可為上文所述之構造。複數個拉幅爐能夠以不與外部大氣接觸地搬送膜之方式連續地設置。於使用複數個拉幅爐之情形時,可使所有拉幅爐為加熱區,亦可使一部分拉幅爐為加熱區。又,除了拉幅爐以外,亦可併用烘箱作為其他機器。於本說明書中,烘箱意指可對膜進行加熱之機器,包含加熱爐及乾燥爐。加熱爐可採用熱風處理或輻射線處理中任一者,亦可為併用其等之加熱爐。於併用烘箱之情形時,烘箱之內部構造、所使用之數量及進行加熱之條件只要在能獲得本發明之光學膜之範圍內適當調整即可,較佳為與本說明書所記載之拉幅爐相同。Multiple stenter furnaces can also be used. The number of tenter furnaces in this case is not particularly limited, and it can be set to 2-12, for example. The inside of each stenter furnace can be the structure described above. A plurality of tenter furnaces can be continuously installed so as to transport the film without contacting the outside atmosphere. In the case of using a plurality of tenter furnaces, all tenter furnaces can be used as heating zones, or part of the tenter furnaces can be used as heating zones. In addition to the tenter oven, an oven can also be used as other equipment. In this specification, the oven means a machine that can heat the film, including a heating furnace and a drying furnace. The heating furnace can adopt either hot air treatment or radiation treatment, or a heating furnace that uses them in combination. When an oven is used in combination, the internal structure of the oven, the quantity used, and the heating conditions can be adjusted appropriately within the range that the optical film of the present invention can be obtained, and it is preferably the same as the tenter oven described in this specification. the same.

於拉幅爐之內部分成複數個空間之情形時,拉幅爐內部之空氣之循環與排氣較佳為於各空間內進行,於存在複數個拉幅爐之情形時,較佳為於各拉幅爐內進行。拉幅爐內部之溫度較佳為可針對每個拉幅爐進行調整,於拉幅爐之內部分成複數個空間之情形時,較佳為可在各空間內獨立地調整溫度。各個空間之溫度設定可相同,亦可不同。但是,各個拉幅爐或空間之溫度較佳為滿足下述溫度範圍。In the case where the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of spaces, the circulation and exhaust of the air inside the tenter furnace are preferably performed in each space. When there are multiple tenter furnaces, it is preferable to perform the air circulation and exhaust in each space. Carried out in a stenter furnace. The temperature inside the tenter furnace is preferably adjustable for each tenter furnace. When the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of spaces, it is preferable that the temperature can be adjusted independently in each space. The temperature setting of each space can be the same or different. However, the temperature of each tenter furnace or space preferably satisfies the following temperature range.

進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐100於至少1個空間內以熱風處理方式進行加熱步驟,且於至少1個空間內以輻射線處理方式進行加熱步驟。加熱步驟較佳為進行該步驟之所有空間均以熱風處理方式進行。輻射線處理方式之加熱步驟可在不同於熱風處理方式之另一空間內進行,但較佳為與熱風處理方式併用而進行加熱步驟。The tenter furnace 100 performing the heating step performs the heating step by hot air treatment in at least one space, and performs the heating step by radiation treatment in at least one space. The heating step is preferably performed in a hot air treatment mode in all the spaces where the step is performed. The heating step of the radiation treatment method can be performed in another space different from the hot air treatment method, but it is preferable to perform the heating step in combination with the hot air treatment method.

熱風處理方式之加熱步驟可藉由將吹出熱風之噴嘴設置於拉幅爐內來進行。輻射線處理方式之加熱步驟可藉由將IR加熱器等設置於拉幅爐內並使輻射線照射至膜上來進行。The heating step of the hot air treatment method can be performed by installing a nozzle for blowing hot air in the tenter furnace. The heating step of the radiation treatment method can be performed by installing an IR heater or the like in a tenter furnace and irradiating radiation onto the film.

以下,作為本發明之實施方式之一例,針對使用噴嘴之熱風處理方式、及使用IR加熱器之輻射線處理方式,從使用噴嘴之熱風處理方式開始依序進行說明。Hereinafter, as an example of the embodiment of the present invention, the hot air treatment method using nozzles and the radiation treatment method using IR heaters will be sequentially described starting from the hot air treatment method using nozzles.

參照圖1,進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐100於其內部之上表面100a設置有複數個上側噴嘴30,於其內部之下表面100b設置有複數個下側噴嘴32。上側噴嘴30與下側噴嘴32於上下方向上對向設置。噴嘴例如可如圖1之區域14般設置4對噴嘴(共8個),亦可如圖1之區域12般設置10對噴嘴(共20個),可根據烘箱之構造而適當進行設置。就簡化拉幅爐之構造並且均勻地對原料膜進行加熱之觀點、及容易將光學膜之I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍之觀點而言,相鄰噴嘴之間隔較佳為0.1~1 m,更佳為0.1~0.5 m,進而較佳為0.1~0.3 m。1, the tenter furnace 100 performing the heating step is provided with a plurality of upper nozzles 30 on its inner upper surface 100a, and a plurality of lower nozzles 32 on its inner lower surface 100b. The upper nozzle 30 and the lower nozzle 32 are opposed to each other in the vertical direction. For example, the nozzles can be provided with 4 pairs of nozzles (a total of 8) as in the area 14 of FIG. 1, or 10 pairs of nozzles (a total of 20) can be provided as in the area 12 of FIG. From the viewpoint of simplifying the structure of the tenter furnace and uniformly heating the raw film, and the viewpoint of easily adjusting the I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 of the optical film to the above range, the adjacent nozzles The interval is preferably 0.1 to 1 m, more preferably 0.1 to 0.5 m, and still more preferably 0.1 to 0.3 m.

於拉幅爐之內部分成複數個區間之情形時,設置於各空間中之熱風吹出用噴嘴之個數通常可設為5~30個。就容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,又,容易提高光學膜之光學均勻性之觀點而言,噴嘴之個數較佳為8~20個。若噴嘴個數處於上述範圍內,則往往浮動之膜之曲率不容易變得過大,又,往往膜容易在噴嘴之間漂浮,即容易浮動。When the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of sections, the number of hot air blowing nozzles installed in each space can usually be set to 5-30. From the viewpoint of easy production of the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula and easy improvement of the optical uniformity of the optical film, the number of nozzles is preferably 8-20. If the number of nozzles is within the above range, the curvature of the floating film is not likely to become too large, and the film tends to float between the nozzles, that is, it is easy to float.

設置於拉幅爐100之上表面100a之上側噴嘴30於下部具有吹出口,可向下方向(箭頭B方向)吹出熱風。另一方面,分別設置於拉幅爐100之下表面之下側噴嘴32於上部具有吹出口,可向上方向(箭頭C方向)吹出熱風。再者,雖未示於圖1中,但上側噴嘴30及下側噴嘴32在與圖1之紙面垂直之方向上具有特定尺寸之深度,以便能夠在寬度方向上對原料膜均勻地加熱。The nozzle 30 provided on the upper side of the upper surface 100a of the tenter furnace 100 has a blowing port in the lower part, and can blow hot air in the downward direction (arrow B direction). On the other hand, the nozzles 32 respectively provided on the lower surface of the lower surface of the tenter furnace 100 have blowing outlets on the upper part, and can blow hot air in the upward direction (the arrow C direction). Furthermore, although not shown in FIG. 1, the upper nozzle 30 and the lower nozzle 32 have a depth of a specific size in a direction perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 1, so that the raw film can be uniformly heated in the width direction.

於本實施方式之光學膜之製造方法中,來自設置於加熱區之所有上側噴嘴30及所有下側噴嘴32的吹出口中之熱風之吹出風速較佳為2~25 m/秒。就容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,又,容易提高光學膜之光學均勻性之觀點而言,吹出風速更佳為2~23 m/秒,進而較佳為8~20 m/秒。又,就相同觀點而言,沿原料膜寬度方向之噴嘴之長度每1 m中,自噴嘴30或32每一個噴嘴之吹出口吹出之風量較佳為0.1~3 m3 /秒,更佳為0.1~2.5 m3 /秒,進而較佳為0.2~2 m3 /秒。In the manufacturing method of the optical film of this embodiment, the blowing speed of the hot air from the blowing outlets of all the upper nozzles 30 and all the lower nozzles 32 provided in the heating zone is preferably 2-25 m/sec. From the viewpoint of easy production of the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula and easy improvement of the optical uniformity of the optical film, the blowing wind speed is more preferably 2 to 23 m/sec, and more preferably 8 to 20 m/sec . Also, from the same point of view, the air volume blown from each nozzle 30 or 32 is preferably 0.1 to 3 m 3 /sec per 1 m of the length of the nozzle in the width direction of the raw material film, and more preferably 0.1 to 2.5 m 3 /sec, more preferably 0.2 to 2 m 3 /sec.

若自噴嘴吹出之風速及風量處於上述範圍內,則原料膜之加熱可均勻地進行,因此,往往容易獲得膜整個面上光學及物理物性均勻之膜,並且容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,故而較佳。具體而言,若於上述條件下進行加熱步驟,則膜寬度方向上之面內相位差值之偏差變小,容易獲得膜整個面具有更均勻之面內相位差值之光學膜。因此,應用於顯示裝置時,對比度之偏差得以抑制,而成為視認性優異之前面板。 又,若於上述條件下進行加熱步驟,則容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,並且均勻地加熱,因此,膜中所殘留之溶劑量之偏差變小,容易獲得膜整個面上彈性模數更均勻之光學膜。因此,膜整個面上彎曲性不容易發生偏差,能夠抑制膜面上之彎曲性差異所引起之破損之發生。If the wind speed and air volume blown from the nozzle are within the above range, the heating of the raw film can be performed uniformly. Therefore, it is often easy to obtain a film with uniform optical and physical properties on the entire surface of the film, and it is easy to manufacture the present invention satisfying the above formula Optical film is therefore preferred. Specifically, if the heating step is performed under the above conditions, the deviation of the in-plane retardation value in the film width direction becomes smaller, and it is easy to obtain an optical film having a more uniform in-plane retardation value on the entire film surface. Therefore, when applied to a display device, the variation in contrast is suppressed, and it becomes a front panel with excellent visibility. In addition, if the heating step is performed under the above conditions, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula and is heated uniformly. Therefore, the deviation of the amount of solvent remaining in the film becomes small, and it is easy to obtain elasticity on the entire surface of the film. Optical film with more uniform modulus. Therefore, the flexibility of the entire film surface is not easily deviated, and the occurrence of damage caused by the difference in the flexibility of the film surface can be suppressed.

於拉幅爐內,將原料膜20自室溫加熱至原料膜中所包含之溶劑蒸發之溫度,但以原料膜之寬度方向上之長度幾乎不發生變化之方式用固持裝置18保持原料膜20,故而往往容易因熱膨脹而導致下垂。若吹出風速及吹出風量處於上述範圍內,則能夠對原料膜20充分地進行加熱,且能夠抑制原料膜20之下垂或晃動。In the tenter furnace, the raw film 20 is heated from room temperature to the temperature at which the solvent contained in the raw film evaporates, but the raw film 20 is held by the holding device 18 so that the length in the width direction of the raw film hardly changes. Therefore, it is easy to cause sagging due to thermal expansion. If the blowing air speed and the blowing air volume are within the above-mentioned ranges, the raw film 20 can be sufficiently heated, and the raw film 20 can be suppressed from sagging or shaking.

熱風之吹出風速可使用市售之熱式風速計於噴嘴30、32之熱風吹出口進行測定。又,自吹出口吹出之風量可根據吹出風速與吹出口之面積之積而求出。再者,就測定精度之觀點而言,熱風之吹出風速較佳為於各噴嘴之吹出口進行10處左右之測定,並設為其平均值。The blowing speed of the hot air can be measured at the hot air blowing outlets of the nozzles 30 and 32 using a commercially available thermal anemometer. In addition, the amount of air blown from the blow-out port can be obtained from the product of the blow-out wind speed and the area of the blow-out port. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of measurement accuracy, it is preferable that the blowing speed of the hot air be measured at about 10 locations at the blowing ports of each nozzle and set as the average value.

熱風之吹出風速及吹出風量可根據要製造之光學膜之物性(光學特性、機械物性等)而適當調整,但於任一形態中,均較佳為處於上述範圍內。藉此,能夠獲得相位差更充分均勻且軸精度進而夠高之光學膜。關於加熱區,更佳為於所有加熱區中吹出風速為25 m/秒以下且吹出風量為2 m3 /秒以下。The blowing speed and the blowing air volume of the hot air can be appropriately adjusted according to the physical properties (optical properties, mechanical properties, etc.) of the optical film to be manufactured, but in any form, it is preferably within the above-mentioned range. Thereby, it is possible to obtain an optical film having a more sufficiently uniform phase difference and a sufficiently high axial accuracy. Regarding the heating zone, it is more preferable that the blowing air velocity in all heating zones is 25 m/sec or less and the blowing air volume is 2 m 3 /sec or less.

於本實施方式中,於不將原料膜20導入至拉幅爐100內之狀態下,應保持原料膜20之位置上之熱風之風速較佳為5 m/秒以下,更佳為至少於加熱區中為此種風速。藉由使用此種熱風對原料膜20進行加熱,容易獲得滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,且能夠獲得光學均勻性更加足夠優異之光學膜。In this embodiment, when the raw material film 20 is not introduced into the tenter furnace 100, the wind speed of the hot air at the position of the raw material film 20 is preferably 5 m/sec or less, and more preferably at least less than heating This wind speed is in the area. By using such hot air to heat the raw film 20, it is easy to obtain the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula, and an optical film with sufficiently excellent optical uniformity can be obtained.

於加熱區中,各個噴嘴30、32之吹出口中之熱風之吹出風速之寬度方向(與圖1之紙面垂直之方向)上之最大值與最小值之差較佳為4 m/秒以下。藉由使用像這樣寬度方向上風速之偏差較少之熱風,容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,且能夠獲得寬度方向上之光學均勻性更高之光學膜。又,藉由使用像這樣風速之偏差較少之熱風,容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,且能夠獲得光學均勻性更高之光學膜。In the heating zone, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value in the width direction (the direction perpendicular to the paper surface of FIG. 1) of the hot air blowing from the blowing outlets of each nozzle 30 and 32 is preferably 4 m/sec or less. By using such hot air with less deviation in the wind speed in the width direction, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula, and an optical film with higher optical uniformity in the width direction can be obtained. In addition, by using hot air with less deviation in wind speed like this, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula, and an optical film with higher optical uniformity can be obtained.

於本實施方式中,對膜吹送之熱風之風速較佳為剛搬入至烘箱後之風速大於烘箱內之其他搬送路徑之風速。於烘箱之內部未被分隔成複數個之情形時,剛搬入至烘箱後(以下,稱為搬送路徑1)係指與烘箱搬入口相距未達烘箱長度(自烘箱搬入口至搬出口之長度)之1/10的距離。於烘箱之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時,搬送路徑1係指膜最先通過之空間。於使用複數個烘箱之情形時,可根據最先使用之烘箱之內部構造,與上文記載同樣地設定,亦可將最先通過之烘箱之風速設定為大於第2個以後之烘箱內之風速。In this embodiment, the wind speed of the hot air blowing on the film is preferably higher than the wind speed of other conveying paths in the oven just after being moved into the oven. In the case where the inside of the oven is not divided into multiple pieces, just after being moved into the oven (hereinafter referred to as conveying path 1) means that the distance from the inlet of the oven is less than the length of the oven (the length from the inlet of the oven to the outlet) 1/10 of the distance. When the inside of the oven is divided into a plurality of spaces, the conveying path 1 refers to the space through which the film first passes. In the case of using multiple ovens, you can set the same as described above according to the internal structure of the oven used first, or set the wind speed of the first oven to be greater than the wind speed in the second and subsequent ovens .

於烘箱之內部未被分隔成複數個之情形時,其他搬送路徑係指與烘箱搬入口相距烘箱長度之1/10以上的搬送路徑部。於烘箱之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時,係指膜通過之第2個空間以後之任意空間。於使用複數個烘箱之情形時,可根據最先使用之烘箱之內部構造,與上文記載同樣地設定,亦可將第2個以後之烘箱中任意烘箱內之風速設定為小於最先通過之烘箱之風速。In the case where the inside of the oven is not divided into plural pieces, the other conveying path refers to the conveying path part that is more than 1/10 of the oven length from the oven inlet. When the inside of the oven is divided into multiple spaces, it refers to any space after the second space through which the film passes. In the case of using multiple ovens, you can set the same as described above according to the internal structure of the oven used first, or set the wind speed in any oven in the second and subsequent ovens to be less than the one that passed the first The wind speed of the oven.

搬送路徑1之風速與烘箱內之其他搬送路徑之風速之差較佳為0.1~15 m/秒之範圍。上述風速之差更佳為0.2 m/秒以上,又,更佳為12 m/秒以下,進而較佳為8 m/秒以下,進而更佳為5 m/秒以下,尤佳為3 m/秒以下。若以風速之差成為上述範圍內之方式使剛搬入至烘箱後之風速大於烘箱內之其他搬送路徑之風速,則往往能夠更高效率地去除膜中之溶劑。若風速之差過大,則有時會因風速差而使膜發生晃動,而存在不易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜之情形。又,有可能會導致所獲得之光學膜之表面形狀缺陷或相位差等光學特性之偏差。The difference between the wind speed of the conveying path 1 and the wind speed of other conveying paths in the oven is preferably in the range of 0.1-15 m/sec. The above-mentioned difference in wind speed is more preferably 0.2 m/sec or more, still more preferably 12 m/sec or less, still more preferably 8 m/sec or less, still more preferably 5 m/sec or less, and particularly preferably 3 m/sec. Less than seconds. If the wind speed just after being moved into the oven is greater than the wind speed of other conveying paths in the oven in such a way that the difference in wind speed falls within the above range, the solvent in the film can often be removed more efficiently. If the difference in wind speed is too large, the film may shake due to the difference in wind speed, and it may not be easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula. In addition, it may cause deviations in optical properties such as surface shape defects or retardation of the obtained optical film.

關於搬送路徑1之風速與烘箱內之其他搬送路徑之風速之差,可以自設置於搬送路徑1上之噴嘴吹出之熱風風速與自設置於其他搬送路徑上之噴嘴吹出之熱風風速之差的形式求出。於對膜吹送之熱風之風速與自噴嘴吹出之熱風風速存在2 m/秒以上之差的情形時,亦可以搬送路徑1及其他搬送路徑各者上之膜附近之熱風風速之差的形式求出。Regarding the difference between the wind speed of the conveying path 1 and the wind speeds of other conveying paths in the oven, the difference between the hot air speed blowing from the nozzles installed on the conveying path 1 and the hot air blowing speeds from the nozzles installed on other conveying paths Find out. When there is a difference of 2 m/sec or more between the speed of the hot air blown to the film and the speed of the hot air blown from the nozzle, the difference between the speed of the hot air near the film on the conveying path 1 and the other conveying paths can also be calculated as the difference Out.

其他搬送路徑較佳為位於搬送路徑1之下一個之搬送路徑(稱為搬送路徑2)。於烘箱之內部被未分隔成複數個之情形時,搬送路徑2係指與烘箱搬入口相距烘箱長度之2/10之位置上之搬送路徑部。於烘箱之內部被分成複數個空間之情形時,搬送路徑2係指膜通過之第2個空間。於使用複數個烘箱之情形時,可根據最先使用之烘箱之內部構造,與上文記載同樣地設定,亦可將第2個烘箱之風速設定為小於最先通過之烘箱。The other conveying path is preferably a conveying path located below the conveying path 1 (referred to as a conveying path 2). In the case where the inside of the oven is not divided into a plurality of pieces, the conveying path 2 refers to the conveying path at a position that is 2/10 of the oven length from the entrance of the oven. When the inside of the oven is divided into a plurality of spaces, the conveying path 2 refers to the second space through which the film passes. In the case of using multiple ovens, you can set the same as described above according to the internal structure of the oven used first, or set the wind speed of the second oven to be lower than the oven that passed the first.

於如上所述設定搬送路徑1與搬送路徑2之風速之差之情形時,搬送路徑2以後之搬送路徑之風速只要處於上述熱風吹出風速之範圍內即可。搬送路徑2以後之搬送路徑之風速與搬送路徑1或搬送路徑2各者之風速之差較佳為0.1~12 m/秒,更佳為0.2~8 m/秒。若風速之差處於此種範圍內,則往往能夠抑制風速差所引起之膜之晃動,容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,又,容易將所獲得之光學膜之重量損失率調整為所期望之範圍。When the difference between the wind speeds of the conveying path 1 and the conveying path 2 is set as described above, the wind speeds of the conveying paths after the conveying path 2 need only be within the range of the above-mentioned hot air blowing wind speed. The difference between the wind speed of the conveying path after conveying path 2 and the wind speed of conveying path 1 or conveying path 2 is preferably 0.1-12 m/sec, more preferably 0.2-8 m/sec. If the difference in wind speed is within this range, it is often possible to suppress the shaking of the film caused by the difference in wind speed, and it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula, and it is easy to adjust the weight loss rate of the obtained optical film to The desired range.

於烘箱之內部未分成複數個空間之情形時,上述風速之差只要藉由調整噴嘴之設置位置、噴嘴之熱風吹出速度及風量、烘箱內之氣流流向等來調整即可。於烘箱之內部分成複數個空間之情形時,只要藉由在第一個空間及其以後之空間中調整噴嘴之設置位置、噴嘴之熱風吹出速度及風量、烘箱內之氣流流向等來調整即可。於使用複數個烘箱之情形時,可根據第一個烘箱之構造與上文記載同樣地進行,只要以第一個烘箱與第2個以後之烘箱中風速不同之方式設定噴嘴之設置位置、噴嘴之熱風吹出速度及風量、烘箱內之氣流等即可。When the inside of the oven is not divided into multiple spaces, the above-mentioned difference in wind speed can be adjusted only by adjusting the nozzle setting position, the nozzle's hot air blowing speed and air volume, and the air flow direction in the oven. When the inside of the oven is divided into multiple spaces, just adjust the nozzle setting position, the nozzle hot air blowing speed and air volume, the air flow direction in the oven, etc. in the first space and subsequent spaces. . In the case of using multiple ovens, it can be done in the same way as described above according to the structure of the first oven, as long as the nozzle setting position and the nozzle are set in a way that the wind speed in the first oven and the second and subsequent ovens are different The hot air blowing speed and air volume, the airflow in the oven, etc. are sufficient.

於拉幅爐100中之加熱區中,相互對向之上側噴嘴30與下側噴嘴32之間隔L(最短距離)較佳為150 mm以上,更佳為150~600 mm,進而較佳為150~400 mm。藉由以此種間隔L配置上側噴嘴與下側噴嘴,能夠更確實地抑制各步驟中之膜之晃動,容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜。In the heating zone in the tenter furnace 100, the distance L (the shortest distance) between the upper nozzle 30 and the lower nozzle 32 facing each other is preferably 150 mm or more, more preferably 150 to 600 mm, and still more preferably 150 ~400 mm. By arranging the upper nozzle and the lower nozzle at such an interval L, the shaking of the film in each step can be suppressed more reliably, and the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula can be easily manufactured.

又,設置於加熱區之各個噴嘴30、32之吹出口中之熱風之寬度方向(與圖1之紙面垂直之方向)上之最高溫度與最低溫度之差(ΔT)較佳為皆為2℃以下,更佳為皆為1℃以下。藉由使用像這樣寬度方向上之溫度差足夠小之熱風對膜進行加熱,能夠進一步抑制寬度方向之配向性之偏差。再者,熱風之溫度較佳為150~400℃,更佳為150~300℃,進而較佳為150~250℃。In addition, the difference between the highest temperature and the lowest temperature (ΔT) in the width direction (the direction perpendicular to the paper surface of Fig. 1) of the hot air in the blowing outlets of the respective nozzles 30 and 32 of the heating zone is preferably 2°C. Below, it is more preferable that all are 1°C or less. By using hot air with a sufficiently small temperature difference in the width direction to heat the film, the deviation of the orientation in the width direction can be further suppressed. Furthermore, the temperature of the hot air is preferably 150 to 400°C, more preferably 150 to 300°C, and still more preferably 150 to 250°C.

作為光學膜之製造方法中可使用之噴嘴,可使用一般用於膜製造裝置之噴嘴,作為其例,可列舉:射流噴嘴(亦稱為狹縫噴嘴),其係具有沿原料膜寬度方向延伸之狹縫狀吹出口之噴嘴;及穿孔噴嘴(亦稱為多孔噴嘴),其係具有原料膜搬送方向及原料膜寬度方向上分別配置有複數個開口之吹出口的噴嘴。As the nozzle that can be used in the manufacturing method of the optical film, the nozzle generally used in the film manufacturing device can be used. As an example, a jet nozzle (also called a slit nozzle) can be used, which has an extension in the width direction of the raw film A nozzle with a slit-shaped blow-out port; and a perforated nozzle (also called a porous nozzle), which is a nozzle with a plurality of blow-out ports arranged in the raw film conveying direction and the raw film width direction, respectively.

噴嘴成為設置於拉幅爐100內之上表面100a且朝下向膜吹出熱風之構造、及設置於拉幅爐100內之下表面100b且朝上向膜吹出熱風之構造。The nozzle has a structure that is provided on the upper surface 100a of the tenter oven 100 and blows hot air downward to the film, and a structure that is provided on the lower surface 100b of the tenter furnace 100 and blows hot air upward to the film.

射流噴嘴具有沿膜寬度方向延伸之狹縫作為熱風之吹出口。狹縫之狹縫寬度較佳為5 mm以上,更佳為5~20 mm。藉由將狹縫寬度設為5 mm以上,能夠進一步提高所獲得之光學膜之光學均勻性。再者,每一個射流噴嘴之吹出口之面積可根據射流噴嘴之噴嘴寬度方向上之長度與狹縫寬度之積來求出。該每一個噴嘴之吹出口之面積與吹出風速之積為每一個噴嘴之熱風吹出風量。藉由將該熱風吹出風量除以沿膜寬度方向之狹縫之長度,能夠求出沿膜寬度方向之噴嘴之長度每1 m之熱風吹出風量。The jet nozzle has a slit extending in the width direction of the film as a blowing port for hot air. The slit width of the slit is preferably 5 mm or more, more preferably 5-20 mm. By setting the slit width to 5 mm or more, the optical uniformity of the obtained optical film can be further improved. Furthermore, the area of the blowing port of each jet nozzle can be obtained from the product of the length of the jet nozzle in the width direction of the nozzle and the slit width. The product of the area of the blowing outlet of each nozzle and the blowing wind speed is the amount of hot air blowing from each nozzle. By dividing the hot air blowing volume by the length of the slit along the film width direction, the hot air blowing air volume per 1 m of the length of the nozzle in the film width direction can be obtained.

關於穿孔噴嘴,與其長度方向垂直之剖面可具有長方形形狀,或者可為朝著與原料膜20對向之面逐漸擴展狀之梯形形狀。穿孔噴嘴於與膜對向之面即下側之面上具有複數個開口(例如圓形開口)。穿孔噴嘴之熱風之吹出口包含設置於吹出面之複數個開口。複數個開口為熱風之吹出口,熱風自開口以特定風速吹出。開口於膜之長度方向上配置有複數個,並且於寬度方向上亦配置有複數個。開口例如可以錯位狀配置。Regarding the perforated nozzle, the cross section perpendicular to the longitudinal direction may have a rectangular shape, or may have a trapezoidal shape that gradually expands toward the surface facing the raw film 20. The perforated nozzle has a plurality of openings (for example, circular openings) on the surface opposite to the film, that is, the surface on the lower side. The blowing outlet of the hot air of the perforated nozzle includes a plurality of openings arranged on the blowing surface. The plurality of openings are outlets for hot air, and the hot air is blown out from the openings at a specific wind speed. A plurality of openings are arranged in the length direction of the film, and a plurality of openings are also arranged in the width direction. The openings may be arranged in a staggered manner, for example.

每一個穿孔噴嘴之吹出口之面積可根據設置於一個穿孔噴嘴之所有開口之面積之和而求出。該每一個噴嘴之吹出口之面積與吹出風速之積為每一個噴嘴之熱風吹出風量。藉由將該熱風吹出風量除以沿膜寬度方向之狹縫之長度,能夠求出沿膜寬度方向之噴嘴之長度每1 m之熱風吹出風量。The area of the blow-out port of each perforated nozzle can be calculated based on the sum of the area of all the openings provided in a perforated nozzle. The product of the area of the blowing outlet of each nozzle and the blowing wind speed is the amount of hot air blowing from each nozzle. By dividing the hot air blowing volume by the length of the slit along the film width direction, the hot air blowing air volume per 1 m of the length of the nozzle in the film width direction can be obtained.

於使用穿孔噴嘴之情形時,噴嘴之吹出口中之熱風之寬度方向上之最大吹出風速與最小吹出風速之差可作為自設置於同一噴嘴上之複數個開口吹出之熱風之最大吹出速度與最小吹出速度之差而求出。噴嘴之吹出口中之熱風之寬度方向上之最高溫度與最低溫度之差亦可同樣地求出。In the case of using a perforated nozzle, the difference between the maximum blowing speed and the minimum blowing speed in the width direction of the hot air in the nozzle outlet can be used as the maximum blowing speed and minimum blowing speed of the hot air blowing from multiple openings on the same nozzle Calculate the difference in blowing speed. The difference between the highest temperature and the lowest temperature in the width direction of the hot air in the nozzle outlet can also be obtained in the same way.

若設置於拉幅爐100內之所有噴嘴均為穿孔噴嘴,則能夠增大整個拉幅爐100內之熱風吹出口之面積之合計。因此,能夠減小吹到膜上之熱風之風壓,能夠進一步減小膜之晃動。藉此,容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,且能夠進一步提高所獲得之光學膜之光學均勻性。於拉幅爐內或加熱區中,將原料膜20自室溫加熱至原料膜中所包含之溶劑蒸發之溫度,但以原料膜之寬度方向上之長度幾乎不發生變化之方式用固持裝置18保持原料膜20,故而往往容易因熱膨脹而導致下垂。藉由在加熱區中使用穿孔噴嘴,能夠進一步抑制原料膜20之下垂或晃動,容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜。If all the nozzles installed in the tenter furnace 100 are perforated nozzles, the total area of the hot air outlets in the entire tenter furnace 100 can be increased. Therefore, the wind pressure of the hot air blowing on the film can be reduced, and the shaking of the film can be further reduced. Thereby, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula, and the optical uniformity of the obtained optical film can be further improved. In the tenter furnace or in the heating zone, the raw film 20 is heated from room temperature to the temperature at which the solvent contained in the raw film evaporates, but the length of the raw film in the width direction is hardly changed by the holding device 18 The raw film 20 tends to sag due to thermal expansion. By using perforated nozzles in the heating zone, sagging or shaking of the raw film 20 can be further suppressed, and the optical film of the present invention satisfying the above formula can be easily manufactured.

設置於穿孔噴嘴之面上之各個開口之尺寸及數量可在如下範圍內適當進行調整:各開口中之熱風之吹出風速為2~25 m/秒,且沿膜寬度方向之噴嘴之長度每1 m中自各個噴嘴吹出之風量為0.1~3 m3 /秒。The size and quantity of each opening on the surface of the perforated nozzle can be adjusted appropriately within the following range: the blowing speed of the hot air in each opening is 2-25 m/sec, and the length of the nozzle along the film width is 1 The air volume blowing from each nozzle in m is 0.1~3 m 3 /sec.

就使自穿孔噴嘴之各開口吹出之風速更均勻之觀點而言,開口之形狀較佳為圓形。於此情形時,開口之直徑較佳為2~10 mm,更佳為3~8 mm。From the viewpoint of making the wind speed blown from each opening of the perforated nozzle more uniform, the shape of the opening is preferably circular. In this case, the diameter of the opening is preferably 2-10 mm, more preferably 3-8 mm.

於使用穿孔噴嘴之情形時,每一個噴嘴之面之膜搬送方向上之長度較佳為50~300 mm。進而,與相鄰穿孔噴嘴之間隔較佳為0.3 m以下。又,穿孔噴嘴之開口之面積之總和(吹出口之面積)相對於穿孔噴嘴之膜寬度方向上之長度的比(穿孔噴嘴之開口之面積之總和(m2 )/穿孔噴嘴之膜寬度方向上之長度(m))較佳為0.008 m以上。When using perforated nozzles, the length of the film conveying direction on the surface of each nozzle is preferably 50-300 mm. Furthermore, the distance between the adjacent perforated nozzles is preferably 0.3 m or less. In addition, the ratio of the total area of the openings of the perforated nozzle (the area of the blowing outlet) to the length of the perforated nozzle in the film width direction (the total area of the perforated nozzle openings (m 2 )/the film width of the perforated nozzle The length (m)) is preferably 0.008 m or more.

藉由使用此種穿孔噴嘴,能夠增大熱風之吹出口之面積。藉此,能夠充分降低熱風之風速,且以充分之風量吹出熱風,能夠更均勻地對膜進行加熱。結果容易製造滿足上述式之本發明之光學膜,且容易製造相位差更均勻且具有更高軸精度之膜。By using this perforated nozzle, the area of the hot air outlet can be enlarged. Thereby, the wind speed of the hot air can be sufficiently reduced, and the hot air can be blown out with a sufficient air volume, so that the film can be heated more uniformly. As a result, it is easy to manufacture the optical film of the present invention that satisfies the above formula, and it is easy to manufacture a film with more uniform retardation and higher axis accuracy.

與噴嘴同樣地,進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐100可於其內部之上表面100a或其內部之下表面100b設置IR加熱器,於上下方向上對向設置。又,IR加熱器可設置複數個。作為IR加熱器,只要使用一般用於膜製造裝置之IR加熱器即可。Similar to the nozzles, the tenter furnace 100 that performs the heating step can be provided with IR heaters on its inner upper surface 100a or its inner lower surface 100b, which are arranged opposite to each other in the up and down direction. In addition, multiple IR heaters can be installed. As the IR heater, any IR heater generally used in film manufacturing equipment may be used.

作為照射至膜上之輻射線,較佳為其波長為3~7 μm之熱射線。又,於輻射線處理方式中,若進行加熱步驟之空間之溫度處於上述溫度範圍內,則亦可使溫度較空間溫度高30℃以上之輻射線照射至原料膜上。The radiation irradiated to the film is preferably a heat ray with a wavelength of 3 to 7 μm. In addition, in the radiation treatment method, if the temperature of the space where the heating step is performed is within the above-mentioned temperature range, the raw film can also be irradiated with radiation whose temperature is higher than the space temperature by more than 30°C.

於本發明之實施方式中,較佳為於進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐100中併用上述噴嘴(熱風處理方式)與IR加熱器(輻射線處理方式)。於此情形時,只要於相鄰噴嘴之間或噴嘴與拉幅爐之內部壁(亦包括分隔空間之壁)之間設置IR加熱器即可。In the embodiment of the present invention, it is preferable to use the above-mentioned nozzle (hot air treatment method) and IR heater (radiation treatment method) in combination in the tenter furnace 100 where the heating step is performed. In this case, as long as the IR heater is installed between the adjacent nozzles or between the nozzles and the inner wall of the tenter furnace (including the wall of the partition space).

於此情形時,只要進行加熱步驟之空間之溫度處於上述溫度範圍內即可,於輻射線處理方式中,可使溫度高於空間溫度之輻射線照射至膜上。輻射線之溫度例如可為較空間溫度高30℃以上之溫度,亦可為較空間溫度高150℃以上之溫度。此處,輻射線之溫度係指像例如IR加熱器之設定溫度那樣發射輻射熱之機器所設定之溫度。輻射線之溫度與照射至膜上之輻射線之溫度之差較佳為5℃以下,更佳為3℃以下,進而較佳為1℃以下。In this case, as long as the temperature of the space where the heating step is performed is within the above temperature range, in the radiation treatment method, radiation with a temperature higher than the temperature of the space can be irradiated onto the film. The temperature of the radiation can be, for example, a temperature higher than the temperature of the space by 30°C or more, or a temperature higher than the temperature of the space by 150°C or more. Here, the temperature of the radiant rays refers to the temperature set by a machine that emits radiant heat like the set temperature of an IR heater. The difference between the temperature of the radiation and the temperature of the radiation irradiated on the film is preferably 5°C or less, more preferably 3°C or less, and still more preferably 1°C or less.

若於拉幅爐100內併用噴嘴(熱風處理方式)與IR加熱器(輻射線處理方式),則雖然將溫度高於加熱區或拉幅爐內溫度(氣體氛圍之溫度)之輻射線照射至原料膜上,但是能夠在抑制加熱區或拉幅爐內溫度過高的同時進行加熱步驟。藉此,與僅採用其中任一種處理方式進行加熱步驟之情形相比,能夠保持所獲得之光學膜之黃度(YI)為較小之值,更快地將重量損失率調整為特定範圍。又,藉由使溫度高於加熱區或拉幅爐內溫度之輻射線照射至原料膜上,原料膜中之樹脂容易配向或再配向,因此,往往所獲得之光學膜之面內相位差值之偏差會在中心部與膜兩端部變小。因此,如上所述,所獲得之光學膜在應用於顯示裝置時圖像之視認性更優異。If the nozzle (hot air treatment method) and IR heater (radiation treatment method) are used together in the tenter furnace 100, although the temperature of the heating zone or the temperature in the tenter furnace (temperature of the gas atmosphere) is irradiated to On the raw material film, the heating step can be performed while suppressing the temperature in the heating zone or the tenter furnace from being too high. Thereby, compared with the case where only any one of the treatment methods is used for the heating step, the yellowness (YI) of the obtained optical film can be kept at a small value, and the weight loss rate can be adjusted to a specific range more quickly. In addition, by irradiating the raw film with radiation at a temperature higher than the temperature in the heating zone or the stenter furnace, the resin in the raw film is easily aligned or re-aligned. Therefore, the in-plane retardation value of the obtained optical film is often The deviation will become smaller at the center and both ends of the membrane. Therefore, as described above, the obtained optical film has more excellent image visibility when applied to a display device.

併用熱風處理方式與輻射線處理方式之加熱步驟較佳為在拉幅爐內進行加熱步驟之複數個空間中原料膜最先通過之空間至位於拉幅爐全長之大致中間之空間之間進行。藉此,不僅能夠縮短加熱步驟所需之時間,而且能夠製造面內相位差之均勻性更優異之光學膜。The heating step using the hot air treatment method and the radiation treatment method together is preferably performed between the space where the raw material film first passes through the plurality of spaces in the stenter furnace where the heating step is performed to the space approximately in the middle of the full length of the stenter furnace. Thereby, not only the time required for the heating step can be shortened, but also an optical film with more excellent in-plane phase difference uniformity can be manufactured.

加熱步驟較佳為於150~350℃之範圍內進行。於本發明之實施方式中,若加熱步驟處於該溫度範圍內,則往往容易將原料膜調整為下述重量損失率M。又,往往容易將I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍。該溫度範圍更佳為170℃以上,進而較佳為180℃以上,更佳為300℃以下,進而較佳為250℃以下,尤佳為230℃以下。若加熱步驟之溫度處於上述範圍內,則容易將所獲得之光學膜之黃度調整為上述較佳之範圍內。又,進行加熱步驟之空間之溫度更佳為170℃以上,進而較佳為180℃以上。關於進行加熱步驟之拉幅爐內之溫度,只要加熱區處於上述範圍內即可。於存在複數個拉幅爐及拉幅爐內分成複數個空間之情形時,可適當進行調整,但較佳為所有拉幅爐或空間處於上述範圍內。The heating step is preferably performed in the range of 150 to 350°C. In the embodiment of the present invention, if the heating step is within this temperature range, the raw film may be easily adjusted to the following weight loss rate M. In addition, it is often easy to adjust I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 to the above-mentioned range. The temperature range is more preferably 170°C or higher, still more preferably 180°C or higher, more preferably 300°C or lower, still more preferably 250°C or lower, and particularly preferably 230°C or lower. If the temperature of the heating step is within the above-mentioned range, it is easy to adjust the yellowness of the obtained optical film into the above-mentioned preferred range. In addition, the temperature of the space in which the heating step is performed is more preferably 170°C or higher, and still more preferably 180°C or higher. Regarding the temperature in the tenter furnace for the heating step, as long as the heating zone is within the above range. When there are a plurality of tenter furnaces and the inside of the tenter furnace is divided into a plurality of spaces, adjustments can be made appropriately, but it is preferable that all the tenter furnaces or spaces are within the above-mentioned range.

拉幅爐100內之原料膜20之移動速度通常可於0.1~50 m/分鐘之範圍內適當進行調整。上述移動速度之上限較佳為20 m/分鐘,更佳為15 m/分鐘。上述移動速度之下限較佳為0.2 m/分鐘,更佳為0.5 m/分鐘,進而較佳為0.7 m/分鐘,尤佳為0.8 m/分鐘。若移動速度較快,則為了確保所期望之乾燥時間,往往拉幅爐長度會加長,設備會變大。於本發明之實施方式中,若拉幅爐100內之原料膜20之移動速度處於上述範圍內,則往往容易將原料膜調整為下述重量損失率M。又,往往膜之晃動得以抑制,容易將I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍,並且能夠抑制膜面產生損傷。The moving speed of the raw film 20 in the tenter furnace 100 can usually be adjusted appropriately within the range of 0.1-50 m/min. The upper limit of the above-mentioned moving speed is preferably 20 m/min, more preferably 15 m/min. The lower limit of the above-mentioned moving speed is preferably 0.2 m/min, more preferably 0.5 m/min, still more preferably 0.7 m/min, and particularly preferably 0.8 m/min. If the moving speed is fast, in order to ensure the desired drying time, the length of the tenter furnace will often be lengthened and the equipment will be larger. In the embodiment of the present invention, if the moving speed of the raw film 20 in the tenter furnace 100 is within the above-mentioned range, it is often easy to adjust the raw film to the following weight loss rate M. In addition, the shaking of the film is often suppressed, it is easy to adjust I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 to the above-mentioned range, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of damage on the film surface.

加熱步驟之處理時間通常為60秒~2小時,較佳為10分鐘~1小時。處理時間只要考慮上述拉幅爐之溫度、移動速度、熱風之風速及風量等條件而適當調整即可。The treatment time of the heating step is usually 60 seconds to 2 hours, preferably 10 minutes to 1 hour. The processing time can be adjusted appropriately considering the temperature, moving speed, hot air speed and air volume of the above-mentioned tenter furnace.

於本發明之一實施方式中,光學膜之製造方法可於加熱步驟中進行改變膜寬之操作或保持膜寬而搬送之操作。作為改變膜寬之操作例,可列舉使膜沿寬度方向延伸之操作。延伸倍率較佳為0.7~1.3倍,更佳為0.8~1.2倍,進而較佳為0.8~1.1倍。作為保持膜寬而搬送之操作例,可列舉以膜寬度方向上之長度幾乎不發生變化之方式保持的操作。經該等操作所獲得之光學膜可相對於原料膜之寬度方向上之長度設為0.7~1.3倍左右之長度,可為自原料膜之寬度方向上之長度延伸、等倍或收縮而成之長度。延伸倍率係作為延伸後之膜寬(固持之部分除外)相對於除固持之部分以外之膜寬的比而求出。 再者,於圖2中,用實線表示在膜寬度方向上延伸之操作中延伸倍率超過1倍的情形,用虛線表示延伸倍率為等倍或未達1倍之情形。In one embodiment of the present invention, the manufacturing method of the optical film can perform the operation of changing the film width or the operation of keeping the film width while conveying in the heating step. As an example of the operation of changing the film width, an operation of extending the film in the width direction can be cited. The stretching ratio is preferably 0.7 to 1.3 times, more preferably 0.8 to 1.2 times, and still more preferably 0.8 to 1.1 times. As an example of the operation of keeping the film wide and conveying, there is an operation of holding so that the length in the width direction of the film hardly changes. The optical film obtained by these operations can be set to a length of about 0.7 to 1.3 times the length of the raw film in the width direction, and can be formed by extending, equalizing or shrinking the length of the raw film in the width direction. length. The stretching ratio is calculated as the ratio of the film width after stretching (except for the fixed part) to the film width except for the fixed part. Furthermore, in FIG. 2, the solid line indicates the case where the stretching magnification exceeds 1 time in the operation of stretching in the film width direction, and the dotted line indicates the case where the stretching magnification is equal or less than 1 time.

經加熱步驟之光學膜自拉幅爐搬出後,可被連續供給至下一步驟,亦可以卷狀捲取而供給至下一步驟。於將光學膜捲取至輥上之情形時,可積層表面保護膜及其他光學膜等其他膜而進行捲取。作為積層於光學膜上之表面保護膜,可使用與下述原料膜上所積層之表面保護膜相同者。積層於光學膜上之表面保護膜之厚度通常為10~100 μm,較佳為10~80 μm。After the optical film in the heating step is carried out from the tenter furnace, it can be continuously supplied to the next step, or it can be rolled up and supplied to the next step. When the optical film is wound on a roll, other films such as a surface protective film and other optical films can be laminated and wound up. As the surface protection film laminated on the optical film, the same thing as the surface protection film laminated on the following raw material film can be used. The thickness of the surface protection film laminated on the optical film is usually 10-100 μm, preferably 10-80 μm.

<原料膜> 供給至上述加熱步驟之原料膜至少包含聚醯胺系樹脂。原料膜較佳為包含與下述用以形成原料膜之清漆中所含成分相同的成分,但由於可能會發生成分之結構變化或一部分溶劑之蒸發,故而亦可不相同。原料膜只要為自支撐膜即可,可為凝膠膜。<Raw film> The raw material film supplied to the heating step contains at least a polyamide-based resin. The raw material film preferably contains the same components as those contained in the varnish used to form the raw material film described below, but it may be different due to structural changes of the components or evaporation of a part of the solvent. The raw material film may be a self-supporting film, and it may be a gel film.

就容易將I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍之觀點而言,較佳為不論原料膜是否含有無機材料,均以由熱重量-示差熱測定(以下,有時稱為「TG-DTA測定」)求出之120℃至250℃之重量損失率M較佳為1~40%左右、更佳為3~20%、進而較佳為5~15%、尤佳為5~12%之方式自上述清漆去除一部分溶劑。原料膜之重量損失率M可使用市售之TG-DTA之測定裝置利用以下之方法進行測定。作為TG-DTA之測定裝置,可使用Hitachi High-Tech Science公司製造之TG/DTA6300。From the viewpoint of easy adjustment of I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 to the above-mentioned range, it is preferable to measure by thermogravimetry-differential calorimetry regardless of whether the raw material film contains an inorganic material (hereinafter, sometimes It is called "TG-DTA measurement") The calculated weight loss rate M from 120°C to 250°C is preferably about 1 to 40%, more preferably 3 to 20%, and even more preferably 5 to 15%. It is 5-12% to remove a part of the solvent from the above varnish. The weight loss rate M of the raw film can be measured by the following method using a commercially available TG-DTA measuring device. As the TG-DTA measuring device, TG/DTA6300 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science can be used.

首先,自原料膜取約20 mg之試樣,將試樣以10℃/分鐘之升溫速度自室溫升溫至120℃,以120℃保持5分鐘後,以10℃/分鐘之升溫速度升溫至400℃,一面於該條件下進行加熱,一面測定試樣之重量變化。其次,只要根據TG-DTA測定之結果由下述式算出120℃至250℃之重量損失率M(%)即可。下述式中,W0 表示以120℃保持5分鐘後之試樣之重量,W1 表示250℃下之試樣之重量。 M(%)=100-(W1 /W0 )×100First, take a sample of about 20 mg from the raw material film, heat the sample from room temperature to 120°C at a temperature rise rate of 10°C/min, hold it at 120°C for 5 minutes, and then heat it up to 400 at a temperature rise rate of 10°C/min ℃, while heating under this condition, the weight change of the sample is measured. Next, it is sufficient to calculate the weight loss rate M (%) from 120°C to 250°C from the following formula based on the result of the TG-DTA measurement. In the following formula, W 0 represents the weight of the sample after being kept at 120°C for 5 minutes, and W 1 represents the weight of the sample at 250°C. M(%)=100-(W 1 /W 0 )×100

若原料膜之重量損失率M一定程度上較大,則將原料膜捲取為與基材或表面保護膜之積層體時,往往積層體之彎折等變形得以抑制,積層體之捲取性提高。又,容易將I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍內。If the weight loss rate M of the raw material film is relatively large, when the raw material film is wound into a laminate with a substrate or a surface protection film, the deformation of the laminate is often suppressed, and the rollability of the laminate improve. In addition, it is easy to adjust I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 within the above-mentioned range.

若原料膜之重量損失率M一定程度上較小,則將原料膜捲取為與基材或表面保護膜之積層體時,往往原料膜不容易貼附於基材或表面保護膜。因此,能夠在維持原料膜之均勻之透明性的同時,容易地將積層體自輥捲出。又,容易將I1 /I2 及/或I3 /I2 調整為上述範圍內。If the weight loss rate M of the raw material film is small to a certain extent, when the raw material film is wound into a laminate with the substrate or the surface protection film, the raw material film is often difficult to adhere to the substrate or the surface protection film. Therefore, the laminate can be easily rolled out of the roll while maintaining the uniform transparency of the raw material film. In addition, it is easy to adjust I 1 /I 2 and/or I 3 /I 2 within the above-mentioned range.

原料膜可藉由使上述塗膜乾燥,並將其自基材剝離而形成。塗膜之乾燥通常可於50~350℃之溫度下進行。可視需要於惰性氣體氛圍或減壓之條件下進行塗膜之乾燥。可將以上述方式獲得之原料膜供給至上述加熱步驟,從而製造本發明之光學膜。原料膜可連續搬送而供給至加熱步驟,亦可暫時先捲取後供給。The raw material film can be formed by drying the above-mentioned coating film and peeling it from the base material. The drying of the coating film can usually be carried out at a temperature of 50 to 350°C. The coating film can be dried in an inert gas atmosphere or under reduced pressure as needed. The raw material film obtained in the above-mentioned manner can be supplied to the above-mentioned heating step, thereby manufacturing the optical film of the present invention. The raw material film may be continuously conveyed and supplied to the heating step, or may be temporarily wound up and then supplied.

<功能層> 可於本發明之光學膜之至少一面上積層1層以上之功能層。作為功能層,例如可列舉:紫外線吸收層、硬塗層、底塗層、阻氣層、黏著層、色相調整層、折射率調整層等。功能層可單獨使用或者將兩種以上組合使用。<Functional layer> One or more functional layers can be laminated on at least one surface of the optical film of the present invention. As the functional layer, for example, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, a hard coat layer, an undercoat layer, a gas barrier layer, an adhesion layer, a hue adjustment layer, a refractive index adjustment layer, etc. may be mentioned. The functional layer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

可於本發明之光學膜之至少一面上設置硬塗層。硬塗層之厚度並無特別限定,例如可為2~100 μm。若上述硬塗層之厚度處於上述範圍內,則往往能夠進一步提高耐衝擊性,並且耐彎曲性不容易降低,不容易發生硬化收縮引起之捲縮之問題。硬塗層可藉由活性能量線照射或熱能賦予使包含可形成交聯結構之反應性材料之硬塗組合物硬化而形成,較佳為利用活性能量線照射所獲得者。活性能量線定義為可分解產生活性種之化合物而產生活性種之能量線,可列舉:可見光、紫外線、紅外線、X射線、α射線、β射線、γ射線及電子束等,可較佳地列舉紫外線。上述硬塗組合物含有自由基聚合性化合物及陽離子聚合性化合物中至少1種聚合物。A hard coat layer can be provided on at least one side of the optical film of the present invention. The thickness of the hard coat layer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 2 to 100 μm. If the thickness of the hard coat layer is within the above range, the impact resistance can be further improved, and the bending resistance is not easily reduced, and the problem of curling caused by hardening shrinkage is not likely to occur. The hard coat layer can be formed by curing a hard coat composition containing a reactive material capable of forming a cross-linked structure by irradiation with active energy rays or by imparting thermal energy, and is preferably obtained by irradiation with active energy rays. Active energy rays are defined as energy rays that can decompose compounds that produce active species to produce active species. Examples include visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, α-rays, β-rays, γ-rays, electron beams, etc., preferably Ultraviolet rays. The above-mentioned hard coating composition contains at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cation polymerizable compound.

上述自由基聚合性化合物係具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為上述自由基聚合性化合物所具有之自由基聚合性基,只要為可發生自由基聚合反應之官能基即可,可列舉包含碳-碳不飽和雙鍵之基等,具體而言,可列舉:乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基等。再者,於上述自由基聚合性化合物具有2個以上之自由基聚合性基之情形時,該等自由基聚合性基可分別相同,亦可不同。就提高硬塗層之硬度之方面而言,上述自由基聚合性化合物於1分子中具有之自由基聚合性基之數量較佳為2以上。作為上述自由基聚合性化合物,就反應性之高低之方面而言,可較佳地列舉具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之化合物,具體而言,可列舉:1分子中具有2~6個(甲基)丙烯醯基之被稱為多官能丙烯酸酯單體之化合物、或被稱為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯、聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯之分子內具有數個(甲基)丙烯醯基之分子量為數百至數千之低聚物,可較佳地列舉:選自環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯及聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上。The above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound is a compound having a radically polymerizable group. The radical polymerizable group possessed by the above radical polymerizable compound may be a functional group capable of undergoing a radical polymerization reaction. Examples include groups containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond. Specifically, examples include : Vinyl, (meth)acryloyl, etc. In addition, when the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound has two or more radically polymerizable groups, the radically polymerizable groups may be the same or different. In terms of increasing the hardness of the hard coat layer, the number of the radical polymerizable groups that the radical polymerizable compound has in one molecule is preferably 2 or more. As the above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound, in terms of the level of reactivity, a compound having a (meth)acryloyl group can be preferably mentioned. Specifically, there can be mentioned: 2 to 6 ( (Meth)acrylic acid is a compound called multifunctional acrylate monomer, or called epoxy (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate urethane, polyester (meth)acrylic acid The ester has several (meth)acrylic acid groups in the molecule and the molecular weight is hundreds to thousands of oligomers, which can be preferably cited: selected from epoxy (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylic amines One or more of carbamate and polyester (meth)acrylate.

上述陽離子聚合性化合物係具有環氧基、氧雜環丁基、乙烯醚基等陽離子聚合性基之化合物。就提高硬塗層之硬度之方面而言,上述陽離子聚合性化合物於1分子中具有之陽離子聚合性基之數量較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上。 又,作為上述陽離子聚合性化合物,其中,較佳為具有環氧基及氧雜環丁基中至少1種作為陽離子聚合性基之化合物。就伴隨聚合反應之收縮較小之方面而言,較佳為環氧基、氧雜環丁基等環狀醚基。又,具有環狀醚基中之環氧基之化合物具有如下優點:容易獲得各種結構之化合物,不會對所獲得之硬塗層之耐久性造成不良影響,亦容易控制與自由基聚合性化合物之相容性。又,環狀醚基中之氧雜環丁基具有如下等優點:與環氧基相比,聚合度更容易提高,毒性較低,加快由所獲得之硬塗層之陽離子聚合性化合物取得之網狀結構形成速度,即便在與自由基聚合性化合物混合存在之區域中,亦不會於膜中殘留未反應之單體,從而形成獨立之網狀結構。 作為具有環氧基之陽離子聚合性化合物,例如可列舉:具有脂環族環之多元醇之聚縮水甘油醚、或藉由將含有環己烯環、環戊烯環之化合物以過氧化氫、過酸等適當之氧化劑進行環氧化而獲得之脂環族環氧樹脂;脂肪族多元醇、或其環氧烷加成物之聚縮水甘油醚、脂肪族長鏈多元酸之聚縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯之均聚物、共聚物等脂肪族環氧樹脂;藉由雙酚A、雙酚F或氫化雙酚A等雙酚類、或者其等之環氧烷加成物、己內酯加成物等衍生物與表氯醇之反應而製造之縮水甘油醚、及酚醛清漆環氧樹脂等,即自雙酚類衍生之縮水甘油醚型環氧樹脂等。The above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationically polymerizable group such as an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and a vinyl ether group. In terms of increasing the hardness of the hard coat layer, the number of cationically polymerizable groups contained in the above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound per molecule is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more. In addition, as the above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound, a compound having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as a cationically polymerizable group is preferred. In terms of small shrinkage accompanying the polymerization reaction, cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups are preferred. In addition, the compound having the epoxy group in the cyclic ether group has the following advantages: it is easy to obtain compounds of various structures, does not adversely affect the durability of the obtained hard coat layer, and is easy to control and free radically polymerizable compounds. The compatibility. In addition, the oxetanyl group in the cyclic ether group has the following advantages: Compared with the epoxy group, the degree of polymerization is easier to increase, the toxicity is lower, and the obtained hard coat cation polymerizable compound is faster. The formation speed of the network structure, even in the region where the radical polymerizable compound is mixed, will not leave unreacted monomers in the film, thereby forming an independent network structure. Examples of the cationic polymerizable compound having an epoxy group include: polyglycidyl ether of a polyhydric alcohol having an alicyclic ring, or by using a compound containing a cyclohexene ring and a cyclopentene ring with hydrogen peroxide, Cycloaliphatic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation of appropriate oxidizing agent such as peracid; aliphatic polyol, or polyglycidyl ether of its alkylene oxide adduct, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polybasic acid, ( Aliphatic epoxy resins such as homopolymers and copolymers of glycidyl methacrylate; by bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F or hydrogenated bisphenol A, or their alkylene oxide adducts , Glycidyl ether produced by the reaction of derivatives such as caprolactone adducts and epichlorohydrin, and novolac epoxy resins, that is, glycidyl ether type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols.

上述硬塗組合物可進而包含聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,可列舉:自由基聚合起始劑、陽離子聚合起始劑、自由基及陽離子聚合起始劑等,可適當選擇使用。該等聚合起始劑係藉由活性能量線照射及加熱中至少一種方式分解,產生自由基或陽離子而使自由基聚合及陽離子聚合進行者。 自由基聚合起始劑只要可藉由活性能量線照射及加熱之至少任一者而釋出使自由基聚合開始之物質即可。例如,作為熱自由基聚合起始劑,可列舉:過氧化氫、過苯甲酸等有機過氧化物、偶氮雙丁腈等偶氮化合物等。 作為活性能量線自由基聚合起始劑,有如下之種類,即:由分子之分解生成自由基之Type1型自由基聚合起始劑、及與三級胺共存地藉由奪氫型反應生成自由基之Type2型自由基聚合起始劑,其等可單獨使用或者一併使用。 陽離子聚合起始劑只要可藉由活性能量線照射及加熱之至少任一者而釋出使陽離子聚合開始之物質即可。作為陽離子聚合起始劑,可使用芳香族錪鹽、芳香族鋶鹽、環戊二烯基鐵(II)錯合物等。其等根據結構之不同,可藉由活性能量線照射或加熱之任一者而開始陽離子聚合,或藉由活性能量線照射或加熱兩者均可開始陽離子聚合。The above-mentioned hard coat composition may further contain a polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerization initiator include radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, and the like, which can be appropriately selected and used. The polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate free radicals or cations to cause radical polymerization and cationic polymerization to proceed. The radical polymerization initiator may release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by at least any one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. For example, as a thermal radical polymerization initiator, organic peroxides, such as hydrogen peroxide and perbenzoic acid, azo compounds, such as azobisbutyronitrile, etc. are mentioned. As active energy ray radical polymerization initiators, there are the following types: Type1 radical polymerization initiators that generate free radicals by the decomposition of molecules, and free radical polymerization initiators that coexist with tertiary amines by hydrogen abstraction reaction. The base Type2 radical polymerization initiator, which can be used alone or together. The cationic polymerization initiator may release a substance that initiates cationic polymerization by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating. As the cationic polymerization initiator, aromatic iodonium salts, aromatic sulfonium salts, cyclopentadienyl iron (II) complexes, and the like can be used. Depending on the structure, it is possible to start cationic polymerization by either active energy ray irradiation or heating, or both active energy ray irradiation or heating can start cationic polymerization.

相對於上述硬塗組合物整體100質量%,可較佳地包含0.1~10質量%之上述聚合起始劑。若上述聚合起始劑之含量處於上述範圍內,則往往能夠使硬化充分地進行,能夠使最終獲得之塗膜之機械物性或密接力處於良好之範圍內,又,不容易發生硬化收縮引起之接著力不良或破裂現象及捲縮現象。The polymerization initiator may preferably be contained in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by mass relative to 100% by mass of the entire hard coating composition. If the content of the above-mentioned polymerization initiator is within the above-mentioned range, the curing can often be carried out sufficiently, the mechanical properties or adhesion of the finally obtained coating film can be in a good range, and the curing shrinkage is not easy to occur. Poor adhesion or cracking phenomenon and crimping phenomenon.

上述硬塗組合物可進而包含選自由溶劑及添加劑所組成之群中之一種以上。 上述溶劑可使上述聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑溶解或分散,只要為本技術領域中作為硬塗組合物之溶劑而為人所知之溶劑,則可在不阻礙本發明效果之範圍內使用。 上述添加劑可進而包含無機粒子、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、抗靜電劑、潤滑劑、防污劑等。The above-mentioned hard coating composition may further include one or more selected from the group consisting of solvents and additives. The above-mentioned solvent can dissolve or disperse the above-mentioned polymerizable compound and polymerization initiator. As long as it is a solvent known in the technical field as a solvent for a hard coating composition, it can be used within a range that does not hinder the effects of the present invention. . The above-mentioned additives may further include inorganic particles, leveling agents, stabilizers, surfactants, antistatic agents, lubricants, antifouling agents, and the like.

紫外線吸收層係具有紫外線吸收功能之層,例如包含:主材,其選自紫外線硬化型透明樹脂、電子束硬化型透明樹脂、及熱硬化型透明樹脂;及紫外線吸收劑,其分散於該主材中。The ultraviolet absorbing layer is a layer with ultraviolet absorbing function, for example, it includes: a main material selected from ultraviolet curable transparent resin, electron beam curable transparent resin, and thermosetting transparent resin; and ultraviolet absorber dispersed in the main material In the material.

黏著層係具有黏著性功能之層,具有使光學膜接著於其他構件之功能。作為黏著層之形成材料,可使用通常已知者。例如可使用熱硬化性樹脂組合物或光硬化性樹脂組合物。於此情形時,可藉由事後進行能量供給而將樹脂組合物高分子化並硬化。The adhesive layer is a layer with adhesive function, and has the function of adhering the optical film to other components. As the forming material of the adhesive layer, generally known ones can be used. For example, a thermosetting resin composition or a photocuring resin composition can be used. In this case, the resin composition can be polymerized and cured by supplying energy afterwards.

黏著層可為被稱為感壓型接著劑(Pressure Sensitive Adhesive,PSA)之藉由按壓而貼合於對象物之層。感壓型接著劑可為黏著劑,即「於常溫下具有黏著性且以較小之壓力接著於被接著材之物質」(JIS K 6800),亦可為膠囊型接著劑,即「保護被膜(微膠囊)中包含特定成分,能夠以適當方法(壓力、熱等)保持穩定性直至破壞被膜為止之接著劑」(JIS K 6800)。The adhesive layer may be a layer that is called a pressure sensitive adhesive (PSA) that is adhered to an object by pressing. Pressure-sensitive adhesives can be adhesives, that is, "substances that are adhesive at room temperature and adhere to the material to be bonded with a small pressure" (JIS K 6800), or they can be capsule adhesives, that is, "protective film" (Microcapsules) contain specific components and can maintain stability until the film is broken by an appropriate method (pressure, heat, etc.)" (JIS K 6800).

色相調整層係具有色相調整功能之層,係可將包含光學膜之積層體調整為目標色相之層。色相調整層例如為含有樹脂及著色劑之層。作為該著色劑,例如可列舉:氧化鈦、氧化鋅、紅丹、氧鈦系煅燒顏料、群青、鋁酸鈷、及碳黑等無機顏料;偶氮系化合物、喹吖啶酮系化合物、蒽醌系化合物、苝系化合物、異吲哚啉酮系化合物、酞菁系化合物、喹酞酮系化合物、蒽(Threne)系化合物、及吡咯并吡咯二酮系化合物等有機顏料;硫酸鋇、及碳酸鈣之體質顏料;以及鹼性染料、酸性染料、及媒染染料等染料。The hue adjustment layer is a layer with a hue adjustment function, and is a layer that can adjust the layered body including the optical film to the target hue. The hue adjusting layer is, for example, a layer containing resin and coloring agent. Examples of the colorant include inorganic pigments such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, red lead, titanyl calcined pigments, ultramarine blue, cobalt aluminate, and carbon black; azo compounds, quinacridone compounds, anthracene Organic pigments such as quinone-based compounds, perylene-based compounds, isoindolinone-based compounds, phthalocyanine-based compounds, quinophthalone-based compounds, anthracene (Threne)-based compounds, and diketopyrrolopyrrole-based compounds; barium sulfate, and The extender pigment of calcium carbonate; and dyes such as basic dyes, acid dyes, and mordant dyes.

折射率調整層係具有折射率調整功能之層,係具有例如不同於光學膜之折射率,且能夠對光學積層體賦予特定折射率之層。折射率調整層例如可為含有適當選擇之樹脂、及視情況進而含有顏料之樹脂層,亦可為金屬之薄膜。作為調整折射率之顏料,例如可列舉:氧化矽、氧化鋁、氧化銻、氧化錫、氧化鈦、氧化鋯及氧化鉭。該顏料之平均一次粒徑可為0.1 μm以下。藉由將顏料之平均一次粒徑設為0.1 μm以下,能夠防止透過折射率調整層之光之漫反射,從而防止透明度降低。作為用於折射率調整層之金屬,例如可列舉:氧化鈦、氧化鉭、氧化鋯、氧化鋅、氧化錫、氧化矽、氧化銦、氮氧化鈦、氮化鈦、氮氧化矽、氮化矽等金屬氧化物或金屬氮化物。The refractive index adjustment layer is a layer having a refractive index adjustment function, and has, for example, a refractive index different from that of an optical film, and can give a specific refractive index to the optical laminate. The refractive index adjustment layer may be, for example, a resin layer containing appropriately selected resins and pigments as appropriate, or may be a thin film of metal. Examples of pigments for adjusting refractive index include silicon oxide, aluminum oxide, antimony oxide, tin oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, and tantalum oxide. The average primary particle size of the pigment may be 0.1 μm or less. By setting the average primary particle diameter of the pigment to 0.1 μm or less, the diffuse reflection of the light passing through the refractive index adjustment layer can be prevented, thereby preventing the decrease in transparency. Examples of metals used for the refractive index adjustment layer include titanium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, silicon oxide, indium oxide, titanium oxynitride, titanium nitride, silicon oxynitride, and silicon nitride. Such as metal oxides or metal nitrides.

於本發明之較佳之一實施方式中,本發明之光學膜作為圖像顯示裝置之前面板、其中之可撓性顯示裝置之前面板(視窗膜)、其中之可捲顯示器或可摺疊顯示器之前面板非常有用。可撓性顯示裝置例如具有可撓性功能層、及與可撓性功能層重疊且作為前面板發揮功能之光學膜。即,可撓性顯示裝置之前面板配置於可撓性功能層之上之視認側。該前面板具有保護可撓性功能層、例如可撓性顯示器內之圖像顯示元件之功能。In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the optical film of the present invention is used as the front panel of the image display device, the front panel of the flexible display device (window film), the front panel of the rollable display or the foldable display. it works. The flexible display device has, for example, a flexible functional layer and an optical film that overlaps the flexible functional layer and functions as a front panel. That is, the front panel of the flexible display device is arranged on the visible side above the flexible functional layer. The front panel has the function of protecting the flexible functional layer, such as the image display element in the flexible display.

作為圖像顯示裝置,可列舉:電視、智慧型手機、行動電話、汽車導航、平板PC(pesonal computer,個人電腦)、可攜式遊戲機、電子紙、量錶、指示板、鐘錶、及智慧型手錶等可穿戴裝置等。作為可撓性顯示裝置,可列舉具有可撓性之所有圖像顯示裝置。Examples of image display devices include televisions, smart phones, mobile phones, car navigation, tablet PCs (pesonal computers, personal computers), portable game consoles, electronic paper, scales, indicator boards, clocks, and smarts. Wearable devices such as type watches, etc. As the flexible display device, all image display devices having flexibility can be cited.

[可撓性顯示裝置] 本發明亦提供一種具備本發明之光學膜之可撓性顯示裝置。本發明之光學膜較佳為於可撓性顯示裝置中用作前面板,該前面板有時稱為視窗膜。可撓性顯示裝置包含可撓性顯示裝置用積層體及有機EL顯示面板,且係相對於有機EL顯示面板,將可撓性顯示裝置用積層體配置於視認側,可彎折地構成。可撓性顯示裝置用積層體可含有本發明之光學膜(視窗膜)、圓偏光板、觸控感測器,其等以任意順序積層,但較佳為自視認側起以視窗膜、圓偏光板、觸控感測器或視窗膜、觸控感測器、圓偏光板之順序來積層。若觸控感測器之視認側存在圓偏光板,則不易視認出觸控感測器之圖案,顯示圖像之視認性變好,故而較佳。各個構件可使用接著劑、黏著劑等進行積層。又,可具備形成於視窗膜、圓偏光板、觸控感測器之任一層之至少一面上之遮光圖案。[Flexible display device] The present invention also provides a flexible display device provided with the optical film of the present invention. The optical film of the present invention is preferably used as a front panel in a flexible display device, and the front panel is sometimes called a window film. The flexible display device includes a laminate for a flexible display device and an organic EL display panel, and the laminate for a flexible display device is arranged on the visible side relative to the organic EL display panel, and is configured to be bendable. The laminate for a flexible display device may contain the optical film (window film) of the present invention, a circular polarizing plate, and a touch sensor. The polarizing plate, touch sensor or window film, touch sensor, circular polarizing plate are laminated in the order. If there is a circular polarizer on the visual recognition side of the touch sensor, it is difficult to visually recognize the pattern of the touch sensor, and the visibility of the displayed image becomes better, which is better. Each member can be laminated using adhesives, adhesives, etc. In addition, it may have a light-shielding pattern formed on at least one surface of any layer of the window film, the circular polarizer, and the touch sensor.

[偏光板] 本發明之可撓性顯示裝置可進而具備偏光板、較佳為圓偏光板。圓偏光板係具有如下功能之功能層:藉由在直線偏光板上積層λ/4相位差板而僅使右旋圓偏振光分量或左旋圓偏振光分量透射。例如係為了以下目的而使用:將外界光轉換成右旋圓偏振光,將被有機EL面板反射而成為左旋圓偏振光之外界光遮斷,僅使有機EL之發光分量透射,藉此抑制反射光之影響而易於觀察圖像。為了達成圓偏振光功能,直線偏光板之吸收軸與λ/4相位差板之遲相軸理論上需要為45°,但實用上為45±10°。直線偏光板與λ/4相位差板未必需要相鄰地積層,吸收軸與遲相軸之關係只要滿足上述範圍即可。較佳為於所有波長下實現完整之圓偏振光,但於實用上未必需要,因此本發明中之圓偏光板亦包括楕圓偏光板。亦較佳為於直線偏光板之視認側進而積層λ/4相位差膜,使出射光成為圓偏振光,藉此提高佩戴偏光太陽眼鏡之狀態下之視認性。[Polarizer] The flexible display device of the present invention may further include a polarizing plate, preferably a circular polarizing plate. The circularly polarizing plate is a functional layer having the function of laminating a λ/4 retardation plate on the linearly polarizing plate to transmit only the right-handed circularly polarized light component or the left-handed circularly polarized light component. For example, it is used for the following purposes: converting external light into right-handed circularly polarized light, blocking the outer boundary light of the left-handed circularly polarized light reflected by the organic EL panel, and transmitting only the light-emitting component of the organic EL, thereby suppressing reflection The effect of light makes it easy to observe the image. In order to achieve the circularly polarized light function, the absorption axis of the linear polarizer and the late axis of the λ/4 retardation plate need to be 45° in theory, but 45±10° in practice. The linear polarizing plate and the λ/4 retardation plate do not necessarily need to be laminated adjacently, and the relationship between the absorption axis and the slow phase axis only needs to satisfy the above range. It is preferable to realize complete circularly polarized light at all wavelengths, but it is not necessary for practical use. Therefore, the circular polarizing plate in the present invention also includes an elliptical circular polarizing plate. It is also preferable to laminate a λ/4 retardation film on the visibility side of the linear polarizing plate to make the emitted light circularly polarized light, thereby improving the visibility in the state of wearing polarized sunglasses.

直線偏光板係具有如下功能之功能層:使於透射軸方向上振動之光通過,但將與其垂直之振動分量之偏光遮斷。上述直線偏光板可為直線偏光元件單獨之構成、或具備直線偏光元件及貼附於其至少一面之保護膜的構成。上述直線偏光板之厚度可為200 μm以下,較佳為0.5~100 μm。若厚度處於上述範圍內,則往往柔軟性不容易降低。 上述直線偏光元件可為藉由將聚乙烯醇(PVA)系膜進行染色、延伸而製造之膜型偏光元件。可使碘等二色性色素吸附於藉由延伸而配向之PVA系膜,或者在碘等二色性色素吸附於PVA之狀態下進行延伸而使二色性色素配向,從而發揮偏光性能。製造上述膜型偏光元件時,亦可另外具有膨潤、利用硼酸之交聯、利用水溶液之洗淨、乾燥等步驟。延伸或染色步驟可以PVA系膜單獨進行,亦可於與聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯之類的其他膜積層之狀態下進行。所使用之PVA系膜之厚度較佳為10~100 μm,延伸倍率較佳為2~10倍。 進而,作為上述偏光元件之另一例,可為塗佈液晶偏光組合物所形成之液晶塗佈型偏光元件。上述液晶偏光組合物可包含液晶性化合物及二色性色素化合物。上述液晶性化合物只要具有顯示出液晶狀態之性質即可,尤其是若具有層列相等高次之配向狀態,則能夠發揮較高之偏光性能,故而較佳。又,液晶性化合物亦較佳為具有聚合性官能基。The linear polarizer is a functional layer with the function of passing light that vibrates in the direction of the transmission axis, but blocking the polarization of the vibration component perpendicular to it. The above-mentioned linear polarizing plate may be a composition of a linear polarizing element alone, or a composition having a linear polarizing element and a protective film attached to at least one surface thereof. The thickness of the linear polarizer may be 200 μm or less, preferably 0.5-100 μm. If the thickness is within the above range, the flexibility may not easily decrease. The linear polarizing element may be a film-type polarizing element manufactured by dyeing and stretching a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)-based film. Dichroic dyes such as iodine can be adsorbed to the PVA-based film aligned by stretching, or the dichroic dyes such as iodine can be stretched while being adsorbed on PVA to align the dichroic dyes, thereby exhibiting polarization performance. When manufacturing the above-mentioned film-type polarizing element, it may additionally have steps such as swelling, cross-linking with boric acid, washing with aqueous solution, and drying. The stretching or dyeing step may be performed alone with a PVA-based film, or may be performed in a state where it is laminated with other films such as polyethylene terephthalate. The thickness of the PVA-based film used is preferably 10-100 μm, and the stretching ratio is preferably 2-10 times. Furthermore, as another example of the above-mentioned polarizing element, a liquid crystal coating type polarizing element formed by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition may be used. The liquid crystal polarizing composition may include a liquid crystal compound and a dichroic dye compound. The above-mentioned liquid crystalline compound only needs to have the property of exhibiting a liquid crystal state, and it is particularly preferable if it has a high-order alignment state equal to the smectic order, since it can exhibit high polarization performance. Moreover, it is also preferable that the liquid crystal compound has a polymerizable functional group.

上述二色性色素係與上述液晶化合物一併配向而顯示出二色性之色素,二色性色素本身可具有液晶性,亦可具有聚合性官能基。液晶偏光組合物之中任一化合物具有聚合性官能基。 上述液晶偏光組合物可進而包含起始劑、溶劑、分散劑、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、交聯劑、矽烷偶合劑等。 上述液晶偏光層係藉由在配向膜上塗佈液晶偏光組合物來形成液晶偏光層而製造。 液晶偏光層可形成得厚度較膜型偏光元件薄。上述液晶偏光層之厚度可較佳為0.5~10 μm,更佳為1~5 μm。 上述配向膜例如可藉由在基材上塗佈配向膜形成組合物,並進行摩擦、偏光照射等來賦予配向性而製造。除了配向劑以外,上述配向膜形成組合物亦可包含溶劑、交聯劑、起始劑、分散劑、調平劑、矽烷偶合劑等。作為上述配向劑,例如可使用聚乙烯醇類、聚丙烯酸酯類、聚醯胺酸類、聚醯亞胺類。於應用光配向之情形時,較佳為使用包含肉桂酸酯基之配向劑。用作上述配向劑之高分子之重量平均分子量可為10,000~1,000,000左右。就配向限制力之觀點而言,上述配向膜之厚度較佳為5~10,000 nm,更佳為10~500 nm。上述液晶偏光層可自基材剝離進行轉印而積層,亦可直接將上述基材積層。上述基材亦較佳為作為保護膜或相位差板、視窗膜之透明基材發揮作用。The dichroic dye is a dye that is aligned together with the liquid crystal compound to exhibit dichroism. The dichroic dye itself may have liquid crystallinity or may have a polymerizable functional group. Any compound in the liquid crystal polarizing composition has a polymerizable functional group. The above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing composition may further include a starter, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a crosslinking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. The above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing layer is manufactured by coating a liquid crystal polarizing composition on an alignment film to form a liquid crystal polarizing layer. The liquid crystal polarizing layer can be formed to be thinner than the film-type polarizing element. The thickness of the above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing layer may preferably be 0.5-10 μm, more preferably 1-5 μm. The above-mentioned alignment film can be manufactured by, for example, coating an alignment film forming composition on a substrate, and performing rubbing, polarized light irradiation, etc. to impart alignment properties. In addition to the alignment agent, the aforementioned alignment film forming composition may also include a solvent, a crosslinking agent, an initiator, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. As the above-mentioned alignment agent, for example, polyvinyl alcohols, polyacrylates, polyamides, and polyimines can be used. In the case of applying optical alignment, it is preferable to use an alignment agent containing a cinnamate group. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer used as the above-mentioned alignment agent can be about 10,000-1,000,000. From the viewpoint of the alignment restriction force, the thickness of the alignment film is preferably 5 to 10,000 nm, and more preferably 10 to 500 nm. The liquid crystal polarizing layer may be peeled from the base material and transferred to be laminated, or the base material may be laminated directly. The above-mentioned base material also preferably functions as a transparent base material for a protective film, a phase difference plate, and a window film.

作為上述保護膜,只要為透明高分子膜即可,具體而言,作為所使用之高分子膜,可列舉:聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚甲基戊烯、具有包含降𦯉烯或環烯烴之單體單元的環烯烴系衍生物等聚烯烴類、二乙醯纖維素、三乙醯纖維素、丙醯基纖維素等(改性)纖維素類、甲基丙烯酸甲酯(共)聚合物等丙烯酸類、苯乙烯(共)聚合物等聚苯乙烯類、丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物類、丙烯腈-苯乙烯共聚物類、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物類、聚氯乙烯類、聚偏二氯乙烯類、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚碳酸酯、聚芳酯等聚酯類、尼龍等聚醯胺類、聚醯亞胺類、聚醯胺醯亞胺類、聚醚醯亞胺類、聚醚碸類、聚碸類、聚乙烯醇類、聚乙烯醇縮醛類、聚胺基甲酸酯類、環氧樹脂類等之膜,就透明性及耐熱性優異之方面而言,可較佳地列舉聚醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚酯、烯烴、丙烯酸或纖維素系之膜。該等高分子可分別單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。該等膜可保持未延伸狀態使用,或者以單軸或雙軸延伸膜之形式使用。較佳為纖維素系膜、烯烴系膜、丙烯酸系膜、聚酯系膜。亦可為塗佈環氧樹脂等陽離子硬化組合物或丙烯酸酯等自由基硬化組合物並進行硬化所獲得之塗佈型保護膜。可視需要包含塑化劑、紫外線吸收劑、紅外線吸收劑、顏料或染料之類的著色劑、螢光增白劑、分散劑、熱穩定劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、滑劑、溶劑等。上述保護膜之厚度可為200 μm以下,較佳為1~100 μm。若上述保護膜之厚度處於上述範圍內,則保護膜之柔軟性不容易降低。As the above-mentioned protective film, any transparent polymer film may be used. Specifically, the polymer film used includes polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, and those containing norene or cycloolefin. Polyolefins such as cycloolefin derivatives of monomer units, (modified) celluloses such as diacetyl cellulose, triacetyl cellulose, propylene cellulose, and methyl methacrylate (co)polymers Acrylics, polystyrenes such as styrene (co)polymers, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene copolymers, acrylonitrile-styrene copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, polychlorine Ethylene, polyvinylidene chloride, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polycarbonate, polyarylate and other polyesters, nylon, etc. Polyamides, polyimines, polyamides, polyetherimines, polyethers, polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl acetals, polyamines Films such as formates and epoxy resins, in terms of excellent transparency and heat resistance, preferably include polyamides, polyamides, polyimines, polyesters, olefins, Acrylic or cellulose film. These polymers can be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds. These films can be used in an unstretched state, or used in the form of uniaxially or biaxially stretched films. Preferred are cellulose-based films, olefin-based films, acrylic-based films, and polyester-based films. It may also be a coating type protective film obtained by applying and curing a cationic curing composition such as epoxy resin or a radical curing composition such as acrylate. It may optionally contain plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, coloring agents such as pigments or dyes, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, and slip agents , Solvents, etc. The thickness of the protective film may be 200 μm or less, preferably 1-100 μm. If the thickness of the protective film is within the above range, the flexibility of the protective film will not easily decrease.

上述λ/4相位差板係對與入射光之行進方向正交之方向(膜之面內方向)賦予λ/4之相位差的膜。上述λ/4相位差板可為纖維素系膜、烯烴系膜、聚碳酸酯系膜等高分子膜經延伸所製得之延伸型相位差板。可視需要包含相位差調整劑、塑化劑、紫外線吸收劑、紅外線吸收劑、顏料或染料之類的著色劑、螢光增白劑、分散劑、熱穩定劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、滑劑、溶劑等。上述延伸型相位差板之厚度可為200 μm以下,較佳為1~100 μm。若厚度處於上述範圍內,則往往膜之柔軟性不容易降低。 進而,作為上述λ/4相位差板之另一例,可為塗佈液晶組合物所形成之液晶塗佈型相位差板。上述液晶組合物包含液晶性化合物,該液晶性化合物具有顯示出向列型、膽固醇狀、層列型等液晶狀態之性質。包含液晶組合物中之液晶性化合物的任一化合物具有聚合性官能基。上述液晶塗佈型相位差板可進而包含起始劑、溶劑、分散劑、調平劑、穩定劑、界面活性劑、交聯劑、矽烷偶合劑等。上述液晶塗佈型相位差板可與上述液晶偏光層之記載同樣地藉由在配向膜上塗佈液晶組合物並使其硬化形成液晶相位差層而製造。液晶塗佈型相位差板可形成得厚度較延伸型相位差板薄。上述液晶偏光層之厚度通常可為0.5~10 μm,較佳為1~5 μm。上述液晶塗佈型相位差板可自基材剝離進行轉印而積層,亦可直接將上述基材積層。上述基材亦較佳為作為保護膜或相位差板、視窗膜之透明基材發揮作用。The above-mentioned λ/4 retardation plate is a film that provides a λ/4 retardation in a direction orthogonal to the traveling direction of incident light (in-plane direction of the film). The above-mentioned λ/4 retardation plate may be a stretched retardation plate obtained by stretching a polymer film such as a cellulose-based film, an olefin-based film, or a polycarbonate-based film. It may optionally contain phase difference adjusters, plasticizers, ultraviolet absorbers, infrared absorbers, pigments or dyes and other coloring agents, fluorescent brighteners, dispersants, heat stabilizers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, Antioxidants, lubricants, solvents, etc. The thickness of the above-mentioned extended phase difference plate may be 200 μm or less, preferably 1-100 μm. If the thickness is within the above range, the flexibility of the film may not easily decrease. Furthermore, as another example of the above-mentioned λ/4 retardation plate, a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate formed by coating a liquid crystal composition may be used. The above-mentioned liquid crystal composition contains a liquid crystal compound, and the liquid crystal compound has the property of showing a liquid crystal state such as nematic, cholesteric, and smectic. Any compound including the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition has a polymerizable functional group. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate may further include a starter, a solvent, a dispersant, a leveling agent, a stabilizer, a surfactant, a crosslinking agent, a silane coupling agent, and the like. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be manufactured by applying a liquid crystal composition on an alignment film and curing it to form a liquid crystal retardation layer in the same manner as in the description of the liquid crystal polarizing layer. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be formed to be thinner than the extension type retardation plate. The thickness of the above-mentioned liquid crystal polarizing layer can usually be 0.5-10 μm, preferably 1-5 μm. The liquid crystal coating type retardation plate may be peeled from the base material and transferred and laminated, or the base material may be laminated directly. The above-mentioned base material also preferably functions as a transparent base material for a protective film, a phase difference plate, and a window film.

一般而言,波長越短雙折射越大且波長越長雙折射越小之材料較多。於此情形時,全可見光區域中無法達成λ/4之相位差,故而多數情況下設計成相對於視感度較高之560 nm附近為λ/4之面內相位差、即100~180 nm、較佳為130~150 nm。採用逆頻散λ/4相位差板,即使用具有與通常相反之雙折射率波長分散特性之材料所成者能夠改善視認性,故而較佳。作為此種材料,於延伸型相位差板之情形時,亦較佳為使用日本專利特開2007-232873號公報等所記載者,於液晶塗佈型相位差板之情形時,亦較佳為使用日本專利特開2010-30979號公報所記載者。 又,作為其他方法,亦已知有與λ/2相位差板組合而獲得寬頻帶λ/4相位差板之技術(日本專利特開平10-90521號公報)。λ/2相位差板亦利用與λ/4相位差板同樣之材料及方法製造。延伸型相位差板與液晶塗佈型相位差板可任意組合,皆使用液晶塗佈型相位差板能夠使厚度變薄,故而較佳。 關於上述圓偏光板,為了提高斜向之視認性,亦已知有積層正型C板之方法(日本專利特開2014-224837號公報)。正型C板亦同樣地,液晶塗佈型相位差板及延伸型相位差板均可。厚度方向之相位差通常為-200~-20 nm,較佳為-140~-40 nm。Generally speaking, the shorter the wavelength, the greater the birefringence, and the longer the wavelength, the smaller the birefringence. In this case, the phase difference of λ/4 cannot be achieved in the full visible light region, so in most cases it is designed to have a phase difference of λ/4 relative to the vicinity of 560 nm where the visual sensitivity is higher, that is, 100-180 nm, Preferably it is 130-150 nm. It is preferable to use an inverse dispersion λ/4 retardation plate, that is, a material with a birefringence wavelength dispersion characteristic that is opposite to the usual one, which can improve the visibility. As such a material, it is also preferable to use the one described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-232873 etc. in the case of an extended retardation plate, and it is also preferable in the case of a liquid crystal coating type retardation plate. The ones described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-30979 are used. In addition, as another method, a technique of obtaining a wide-band λ/4 retardation plate by combining with a λ/2 retardation plate is also known (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-90521). The λ/2 retardation plate is also manufactured using the same materials and methods as the λ/4 retardation plate. The extension type retardation plate and the liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be combined arbitrarily, and the liquid crystal coating type retardation plate can be used to reduce the thickness, so it is preferable. Regarding the above-mentioned circular polarizing plate, in order to improve the visibility in the oblique direction, a method of laminating positive C plates is also known (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-224837). The same applies to the positive type C plate, and both the liquid crystal coating type retardation plate and the extended type retardation plate can be used. The phase difference in the thickness direction is usually -200 to -20 nm, preferably -140 to -40 nm.

[觸控感測器] 本發明之可撓性顯示裝置可進而具備觸控感測器。觸控感測器用作輸入機構。作為觸控感測器,提出了電阻膜方式、表面聲波方式、紅外線方式、電磁感應方式、靜電電容方式等各種樣式,任一方式均可。其中,較佳為靜電電容方式。靜電電容方式觸控感測器分成活性區域及位於上述活性區域之外廓部之非活性區域。活性區域係與顯示面板上顯示畫面之區域(顯示部)對應之區域,係感知使用者之觸控之區域,非活性區域係與顯示裝置中未顯示畫面之區域(非顯示部)對應之區域。觸控感測器可包含:基板,其具有可撓特性;感知圖案,其形成於上述基板之活性區域;各感測線,其等形成於上述基板之非活性區域,用以經由上述感知圖案及焊墊部與外部之驅動電路連接。作為具有可撓特性之基板,可使用與上述高分子膜相同之材料。關於觸控感測器之基板,就抑制觸控感測器之龜裂之方面而言,較佳為其韌性為2,000 MPa%以上之基板。韌性亦可更佳為2,000~30,000 MPa%。此處,韌性係定義為經高分子材料之拉伸實驗所獲得之應力(MPa)-應變(%)曲線(Stress-strain curve)中至破裂點為止之曲線之下部面積。[Touch Sensor] The flexible display device of the present invention may further include a touch sensor. The touch sensor is used as an input mechanism. As a touch sensor, various styles such as a resistive film method, a surface acoustic wave method, an infrared method, an electromagnetic induction method, and an electrostatic capacitance method have been proposed, and any method may be used. Among them, the electrostatic capacitance method is preferred. The capacitive touch sensor is divided into an active area and an inactive area located outside the active area. The active area is the area corresponding to the area on the display panel (display part) that senses the user's touch, and the inactive area is the area corresponding to the area (non-display part) where no picture is displayed in the display device . The touch sensor may include: a substrate, which has flexible characteristics; a sensing pattern, which is formed in the active area of the substrate; each sensing line, which is formed in the inactive area of the substrate, is used to pass through the sensing pattern and The pad part is connected with the external driving circuit. As a substrate having flexibility, the same material as the above-mentioned polymer film can be used. Regarding the substrate of the touch sensor, in terms of suppressing cracks of the touch sensor, it is preferably a substrate with a toughness of 2,000 MPa% or more. The toughness can also be more preferably 2,000 to 30,000 MPa%. Here, the toughness is defined as the area under the curve up to the breaking point in the stress-strain curve obtained by the tensile test of the polymer material.

上述感知圖案可具備形成於第1方向上之第1圖案及形成於第2方向上之第2圖案。第1圖案與第2圖案配置於彼此不同之方向上。第1圖案及第2圖案形成於同一層,為了感知要觸控之地點,必須將各個圖案電性連接。第1圖案係各單位圖案經由接頭相互連接之形態,但第2圖案係各單位圖案以島嶼分佈形態相互分離之構造,故而為了將第2圖案電性連接,需要另外之橋接電極。感知圖案可應用周知之透明電極原材料。例如可列舉:銦錫氧化物(ITO)、銦鋅氧化物(IZO)、鋅氧化物(ZnO)、銦鋅錫氧化物(IZTO)、銦鎵鋅氧化物(IGZO)、鎘錫氧化物(CTO)、PEDOT(poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene),聚(3,4-伸乙基二氧噻吩))、碳奈米管(CNT)、石墨烯、金屬線等,其等可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。可較佳地使用ITO。用於金屬線之金屬並無特別限定,例如可列舉:銀、金、鋁、銅、鐵、鎳、鈦、硒、鉻等。其等可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合使用。The aforementioned sensing pattern may include a first pattern formed in the first direction and a second pattern formed in the second direction. The first pattern and the second pattern are arranged in directions different from each other. The first pattern and the second pattern are formed on the same layer. In order to sense the location to be touched, each pattern must be electrically connected. The first pattern is a form in which the unit patterns are connected to each other via a joint, but the second pattern is a structure in which the unit patterns are separated from each other in the form of islands. Therefore, in order to electrically connect the second pattern, another bridge electrode is required. The sensing pattern can use well-known transparent electrode materials. Examples include: indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), zinc oxide (ZnO), indium zinc tin oxide (IZTO), indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO), cadmium tin oxide ( CTO), PEDOT (poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene), poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)), carbon nanotube (CNT), graphene, metal wire, etc., which can be used alone or Mix two or more types. ITO can be preferably used. The metal used for the metal wire is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include silver, gold, aluminum, copper, iron, nickel, titanium, selenium, and chromium. These etc. can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

橋接電極可於感知圖案上部介隔絕緣層而形成於上述絕緣層上部,於基板上形成有橋接電極,可於其上形成絕緣層及感知圖案。上述橋接電極可利用與感知圖案相同之原材料形成,亦可利用鉬、銀、鋁、銅、鈀、金、鉑、鋅、錫、鈦或其中之2種以上之合金等金屬形成。第1圖案與第2圖案必須電性絕緣,故而於感知圖案與橋接電極之間形成有絕緣層。絕緣層亦可僅形成於第1圖案之接頭與橋接電極之間,亦可形成於覆蓋感知圖案之層之構造中。於後者之情形時,橋接電極可經由形成於絕緣層之接觸孔而連接第2圖案。上述觸控感測器可於基板與電極之間進而包含光學調節層作為用以適當地補償形成有圖案之圖案區域與未形成有圖案之非圖案區域間之透過率差、具體而言由該等區域中之折射率差所誘發之光透過率差的機構,上述光學調節層可包含無機絕緣物質或有機絕緣物質。光學調節層可將包含光硬化性有機黏合劑及溶劑之光硬化組合物塗佈於基板上而形成。上述光硬化組合物可進而包含無機粒子。藉由上述無機粒子,可使光學調節層之折射率上升。 上述光硬化性有機黏合劑例如可包含丙烯酸酯系單體、苯乙烯系單體、羧酸系單體等各單體之共聚物。上述光硬化性有機黏合劑例如可為包含含環氧基重複單元、丙烯酸酯重複單元、羧酸重複單元等彼此不同之各重複單元的共聚物。 上述無機粒子例如可包含氧化鋯粒子、氧化鈦粒子、氧化鋁粒子等。上述光硬化組合物亦可進而包含光聚合起始劑、聚合性單體、硬化輔助劑等各添加劑。The bridging electrode can be formed on the upper insulating layer through the insulating edge layer on the upper part of the sensing pattern, and the bridging electrode can be formed on the substrate, and the insulating layer and the sensing pattern can be formed on the bridging electrode. The above-mentioned bridge electrode can be formed with the same raw material as the sensing pattern, or can be formed with metals such as molybdenum, silver, aluminum, copper, palladium, gold, platinum, zinc, tin, titanium, or an alloy of two or more of them. The first pattern and the second pattern must be electrically insulated, so an insulating layer is formed between the sensing pattern and the bridge electrode. The insulating layer can also be formed only between the joints of the first pattern and the bridging electrodes, or can be formed in the structure of the layer covering the sensing pattern. In the latter case, the bridge electrode can be connected to the second pattern via a contact hole formed in the insulating layer. The above-mentioned touch sensor may further include an optical adjustment layer between the substrate and the electrode to appropriately compensate for the difference in transmittance between the patterned area with the pattern and the non-patterned area without the pattern. For the mechanism of the difference in light transmittance induced by the difference in refractive index in the same region, the optical adjustment layer may include an inorganic insulating material or an organic insulating material. The optical adjustment layer can be formed by coating a photo-curing composition containing a photo-curing organic adhesive and a solvent on a substrate. The above-mentioned photocurable composition may further contain inorganic particles. The above-mentioned inorganic particles can increase the refractive index of the optical adjustment layer. The photocurable organic adhesive may include, for example, copolymers of monomers such as acrylate monomers, styrene monomers, and carboxylic acid monomers. The photocurable organic binder may be, for example, a copolymer containing repeating units that are different from each other, such as epoxy group-containing repeating units, acrylate repeating units, and carboxylic acid repeating units. The above-mentioned inorganic particles may include, for example, zirconium oxide particles, titanium oxide particles, aluminum oxide particles, and the like. The above-mentioned photocurable composition may further contain various additives such as a photopolymerization initiator, a polymerizable monomer, and a curing auxiliary agent.

[接著層] 形成上述可撓性顯示裝置用積層體之各層(視窗膜、偏光板、觸控感測器)以及構成各層之膜構件(直線偏光板、λ/4相位差板等)可利用接著劑接著。作為接著劑,可使用水系接著劑、有機溶劑系接著劑、無溶劑系接著劑、固體接著劑、溶劑揮散型接著劑、濕氣硬化型接著劑、加熱硬化型接著劑、厭氧硬化型接著劑、水系溶劑揮散型接著劑、活性能量線硬化型接著劑、硬化劑混合型接著劑、熱熔融型接著劑、感壓型接著劑(黏著劑)、再濕型接著劑等通用者。其中,經常使用水系溶劑揮散型接著劑、活性能量線硬化型接著劑、黏著劑。接著層之厚度可根據所求出之接著力等而適當調節,例如為0.01~500 μm,較佳為0.1~300 μm。接著層可於上述可撓性圖像顯示裝置用積層體中存在複數層,但各者之厚度及所使用之接著劑之種類可相同,亦可不同。[Next layer] The layers (window film, polarizing plate, touch sensor) and the film members (linear polarizing plate, λ/4 phase difference plate, etc.) constituting each layer forming the above-mentioned laminated body for flexible display devices can be bonded with an adhesive. As the adhesive, water-based adhesives, organic solvent-based adhesives, solvent-free adhesives, solid adhesives, solvent-volatile adhesives, moisture-curing adhesives, heat-curing adhesives, and anaerobic-curing adhesives can be used. Adhesives, water-based solvent volatile adhesives, active energy ray hardening adhesives, hardener mixed adhesives, hot melt adhesives, pressure sensitive adhesives (adhesives), rewetting adhesives, etc. Among them, water-based solvent volatile adhesives, active energy ray hardening adhesives, and adhesives are often used. The thickness of the adhering layer can be appropriately adjusted according to the obtained adhesive force, etc., and is, for example, 0.01 to 500 μm, preferably 0.1 to 300 μm. The adhesive layer may have a plurality of layers in the above-mentioned flexible image display device laminate, but the thickness of each and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

作為上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑,可使用聚乙烯醇系聚合物、澱粉等水溶性聚合物、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯系乳液、苯乙烯-丁二烯系乳液等水分散狀態之聚合物作為主劑聚合物。除了水、上述主劑聚合物以外,亦可調配交聯劑、矽烷系化合物、離子性化合物、交聯觸媒、抗氧化劑、染料、顏料、無機填料、有機溶劑等。於利用上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑進行接著之情形時,可藉由將上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑注入至被接著層間而將被接著層貼合後,使其乾燥而賦予接著性。於使用上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑之情形時,接著層之厚度可為0.01~10 μm,較佳為0.1~1 μm。於將上述水系溶劑揮散型接著劑用於形成複數層之情形時,各層之厚度及上述接著劑之種類可相同,亦可不同。As the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, water-dispersed polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol-based polymers, starches and other water-soluble polymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate emulsions, styrene-butadiene emulsions, and other water-dispersed polymers can be used as the main Agent polymer. In addition to water and the above-mentioned main agent polymer, crosslinking agents, silane-based compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, organic solvents, etc. can also be formulated. In the case of bonding using the water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, the water-based solvent-volatile adhesive may be injected between the layers to be bonded to bond the bonded layers, and then dried to impart adhesiveness. In the case of using the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be 0.01-10 μm, preferably 0.1-1 μm. When the above-mentioned water-based solvent-volatile adhesive is used to form multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of the above-mentioned adhesive may be the same or different.

上述活性能量線硬化型接著劑可藉由照射活性能量線使活性能量線硬化組合物硬化而形成,上述活性能量線硬化組合物包含形成接著劑層之反應性材料。上述活性能量線硬化組合物可含有與硬塗組合物相同之自由基聚合性化合物及陽離子聚合性化合物中至少1種聚合物。上述自由基聚合性化合物與硬塗組合物同樣地,可使用與硬塗組合物相同種類者。作為用於接著層之自由基聚合性化合物,較佳為具有丙烯醯基之化合物。為了降低接著劑組合物之黏度,亦較佳為包含單官能之化合物。The active energy ray curable adhesive can be formed by irradiating an active energy ray to harden an active energy ray curable composition, and the active energy ray curable composition includes a reactive material that forms an adhesive layer. The active energy ray hardening composition may contain at least one polymer of the same radical polymerizable compound and cation polymerizable compound as the hard coating composition. The above-mentioned radically polymerizable compound is the same as the hard-coat composition, and the same type as the hard-coat composition can be used. As the radically polymerizable compound used for the adhesive layer, a compound having an acrylic group is preferred. In order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition, it is also preferable to include a monofunctional compound.

上述陽離子聚合性化合物與硬塗組合物同樣地,可使用與硬塗組合物相同種類者。作為用於活性能量線硬化組合物之陽離子聚合性化合物,更佳為環氧化合物。為了降低接著劑組合物之黏度,亦較佳為包含單官能之化合物作為反應性稀釋劑。 活性能量線組合物可進而包含聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,有自由基聚合起始劑、陽離子聚合起始劑、自由基及陽離子聚合起始劑等,可適當選擇使用。該等聚合起始劑係藉由活性能量線照射及加熱中至少一種方式分解,產生自由基或陽離子而使自由基聚合及陽離子聚合進行者。可使用硬塗組合物之記載中可藉由活性能量線照射來開始自由基聚合或陽離子聚合中至少任一種聚合的起始劑。The above-mentioned cationically polymerizable compound is the same as the hard coat composition, and the same type as the hard coat composition can be used. The cationic polymerizable compound used in the active energy ray hardening composition is more preferably an epoxy compound. In order to reduce the viscosity of the adhesive composition, it is also preferable to include a monofunctional compound as a reactive diluent. The active energy ray composition may further include a polymerization initiator. As the polymerization initiator, there are radical polymerization initiators, cationic polymerization initiators, radical and cationic polymerization initiators, etc., which can be appropriately selected and used. The polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of active energy ray irradiation and heating to generate free radicals or cations to cause radical polymerization and cationic polymerization to proceed. In the description of the hard coating composition, an initiator that can start at least one of radical polymerization and cationic polymerization by irradiation with active energy rays can be used.

上述活性能量線硬化組合物可進而包含離子捕捉劑、抗氧化劑、鏈轉移劑、密接賦予劑、熱塑性樹脂、填充劑、流動黏度調整劑、塑化劑、消泡劑溶劑、添加劑、溶劑。於藉由上述活性能量線硬化型接著劑進行接著之情形時,可藉由如下方法進行接著:將上述活性能量線硬化組合物塗佈於被接著層中任一層或兩層後進行貼合,經由任一被接著層或兩層被接著層照射活性能量線而使其硬化。於使用上述活性能量線硬化型接著劑之情形時,接著層之厚度通常可為0.01~20 μm,較佳為0.1~10 μm。於將上述活性能量線硬化型接著劑用於形成複數層之情形時,各層之厚度及所使用之接著劑之種類可相同,亦可不同。The active energy ray hardening composition may further include an ion scavenger, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, an adhesion imparting agent, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a fluid viscosity adjuster, a plasticizer, a defoamer solvent, an additive, and a solvent. In the case of bonding by the above-mentioned active energy ray-curing adhesive, bonding can be performed by the following method: the above-mentioned active energy ray-curing composition is applied to any one or both of the layers to be bonded and then bonded, It is hardened by irradiating active energy rays through either the bonded layer or the two bonded layers. In the case of using the above-mentioned active energy ray-curable adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive layer can usually be 0.01-20 μm, preferably 0.1-10 μm. When the active energy ray-curable adhesive is used to form multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

作為上述黏著劑,根據主劑聚合物而分類為丙烯酸系黏著劑、胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、矽酮系黏著劑等,可使用其中任一種。除了主劑聚合物以外,黏著劑中亦可調配交聯劑、矽烷系化合物、離子性化合物、交聯觸媒、抗氧化劑、黏著賦予劑、塑化劑、染料、顏料、無機填料等。使構成上述黏著劑之各成分溶解、分散於溶劑中而獲得黏著劑組合物,將該黏著劑組合物塗佈於基材上後進行乾燥,藉此形成黏著層(接著層)。黏著層可直接形成,亦可轉印另外形成於基材上者。為了覆蓋接著前之黏著面,亦較佳為使用脫模膜。於使用上述黏著劑之情形時,接著層之厚度通常可為1~500 μm,較佳為2~300 μm。於將上述黏著劑用於形成複數層之情形時,各層之厚度及所使用之黏著劑之種類可相同,亦可不同。The above-mentioned adhesives are classified into acrylic adhesives, urethane adhesives, rubber-based adhesives, silicone-based adhesives, etc. according to the main agent polymer, and any of them can be used. In addition to the main agent polymer, crosslinking agents, silane-based compounds, ionic compounds, crosslinking catalysts, antioxidants, adhesion imparting agents, plasticizers, dyes, pigments, inorganic fillers, etc. can also be formulated in the adhesive. Each component constituting the adhesive is dissolved and dispersed in a solvent to obtain an adhesive composition, and the adhesive composition is applied on a substrate and dried to form an adhesive layer (adhesive layer). The adhesive layer can be formed directly, or it can be transferred on the substrate. In order to cover the adhesive surface before bonding, it is also preferable to use a release film. In the case of using the above-mentioned adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive layer can usually be 1 to 500 μm, preferably 2 to 300 μm. When the above-mentioned adhesive is used to form multiple layers, the thickness of each layer and the type of adhesive used may be the same or different.

[遮光圖案] 上述遮光圖案可用作上述可撓性圖像顯示裝置之邊框或殼體之至少一部分。藉由遮光圖案,上述可撓性圖像顯示裝置之邊緣部中所配置之配線被隱藏,不容易被視認出,由此圖像之視認性得以提高。上述遮光圖案可為單層或複層之形態。遮光圖案之顏色並無特別限制,可具有黑色、白色、金屬色等各種顏色。遮光圖案可由用以具現顏色之顏料、及丙烯酸系樹脂、酯系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚胺基甲酸酯、矽酮等高分子所形成。其等可單獨使用或者以2種以上之混合物來使用。上述遮光圖案可利用印刷、平版印刷、噴墨等各種方法形成。遮光圖案之厚度通常為1~100 μm,較佳為2~50 μm。又,亦較佳為於遮光圖案之厚度方向上賦予傾斜等形狀。 [實施例][Shading Pattern] The light-shielding pattern can be used as at least a part of the frame or housing of the flexible image display device. With the light-shielding pattern, the wiring arranged in the edge portion of the flexible image display device is hidden and is not easily recognized, thereby improving the visibility of the image. The above-mentioned light-shielding pattern may be in the form of a single layer or a multiple layer. The color of the shading pattern is not particularly limited, and can have various colors such as black, white, and metallic. The light-shielding pattern can be formed by pigments used to present colors, and polymers such as acrylic resins, ester resins, epoxy resins, polyurethanes, and silicones. These can be used alone or as a mixture of two or more kinds. The above-mentioned light-shielding pattern can be formed by various methods such as printing, offset printing, and inkjet. The thickness of the light-shielding pattern is usually 1-100 μm, preferably 2-50 μm. Moreover, it is also preferable to give a shape such as an inclination in the thickness direction of the light-shielding pattern. [Example]

以下,藉由實施例對本發明進一步詳細地進行說明。只要無特別記載,則例中之「%」及「份」分別意指質量%及質量份。首先,對物性值之測定方法進行說明。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in further detail with examples. As long as there is no special record, "%" and "parts" in the examples mean mass% and mass parts, respectively. First, the method of measuring physical property values will be described.

<重量平均分子量> 樹脂之重量平均分子量係使用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)所測得。測定試樣之製備方法及測定條件如下所述。 (1)試樣製備方法 稱取樹脂20 mg,添加10 mL之DMF(10 mmol/L之溴化鋰),使其完全溶解。利用層析盤(孔徑0.45 μm)對該溶液進行過濾,而製成試樣溶液。 (2)測定條件 裝置:HLC-8020GPC 管柱:保護管柱+TSKgelα-M(300 mm×7.8 mm直徑)×2個+α-2500(300 mm×7.8 mm直徑)×1個 溶離液:DMF(添加10 mmol/L之溴化鋰) 流量:1.0 mL/分鐘 檢測器:RI(Refractive Index,折射率)檢測器 管柱溫度:40℃ 注入量:100 μL 分子量標準:標準聚苯乙烯<Weight average molecular weight> The weight average molecular weight of the resin is measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The preparation method and measurement conditions of the measurement sample are as follows. (1) Sample preparation method Weigh 20 mg of resin and add 10 mL of DMF (10 mmol/L lithium bromide) to completely dissolve it. This solution was filtered with a chromatography disk (pore size 0.45 μm) to prepare a sample solution. (2) Measurement conditions Device: HLC-8020GPC Column: protection column+TSKgelα-M(300 mm×7.8 mm diameter)×2+α-2500(300 mm×7.8 mm diameter)×1 Eluent: DMF (add 10 mmol/L lithium bromide) Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min Detector: RI (Refractive Index, refractive index) detector Column temperature: 40℃ Injection volume: 100 μL Molecular weight standard: standard polystyrene

<厚度> 針對實施例及比較例中所獲得之光學膜,使用ABS數位式量錶(Mitutoyo(股)製造之「ID-C112BS」)來測定光學膜之厚度。<Thickness> For the optical films obtained in the Examples and Comparative Examples, an ABS digital scale ("ID-C112BS" manufactured by Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.) was used to measure the thickness of the optical film.

<彈性模數> 使用啞鈴切割機將實施例及比較例中所獲得之光學膜切成10 mm×100 mm之短條狀,而獲得試驗樣本。針對該試驗樣本之彈性模數,使用島津製作所(股)製造之Autograph AG-IS,於夾頭間距離50 mm、拉伸速度10 mm/分鐘之條件下測定應力-應變曲線(S-S曲線),根據應力之5~20 MPa下之梯度算出光學膜之彈性模數(GPa)。<Elastic modulus> A dumbbell cutter was used to cut the optical films obtained in the Examples and Comparative Examples into short strips of 10 mm×100 mm to obtain test samples. For the elastic modulus of the test sample, the Autograph AG-IS manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used to measure the stress-strain curve (SS curve) at a distance between the chucks of 50 mm and a tensile speed of 10 mm/min. Calculate the elastic modulus (GPa) of the optical film based on the gradient of the stress under 5-20 MPa.

<彎曲試驗> 使用啞鈴切割機將實施例及比較例中所獲得之膜切成10 mm×100 mm之大小。此時,針對實施例1、2,以TD方向為長邊側之方式將膜切割。針對比較例,以膜之長度方向為長邊側之方式將膜切割。將經切割之膜設置於MIT耐折疲勞試驗機(東洋精機製作所(股)製造之「MIT-DA」,型號:0530)本體,於試驗速度175 cpm、彎折角度135°、負荷750 g、彎折夾具之R為1.0 mm之條件下,實施向正反兩方向之彎折試驗,測定各膜之耐彎曲次數(可不斷裂地彎折之次數)。再者,於本實施例中,評價向MD方向之彎折。<Bending test> A dumbbell cutter was used to cut the films obtained in the Examples and Comparative Examples into a size of 10 mm×100 mm. At this time, for Examples 1 and 2, the film was cut so that the TD direction was the long side. For the comparative example, the film was cut so that the longitudinal direction of the film was the long side. Set the cut film on the main body of the MIT flexural fatigue testing machine ("MIT-DA" manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd., model: 0530), at a test speed of 175 cpm, a bending angle of 135°, and a load of 750 g. Under the condition that the R of the bending jig is 1.0 mm, carry out the bending test in both directions to measure the bending resistance of each film (the number of bending without breaking). Furthermore, in this example, the bending in the MD direction was evaluated.

<拉曼分光測定> (測定試樣之製作) 使用切割器將實施例及比較例中所獲得之膜切成2 mm×5 mm之大小。此時,針對實施例1、2,以TD方向為長邊側之方式將膜切割。針對比較例,以膜之長度方向為長邊側之方式將膜切割。將經切割之剖面配置於表面,利用環氧系常溫硬化樹脂53型(Acura製造)進行包埋處理。利用超薄切片機EM UC7(Leica製造)對光學積層體之剖面側進行處理,而進行剖面製作。 (拉曼分光測定) 針對切斷之膜,使用日本分光(股)製造之NRS-5100,於下文所示之條件下,於膜之厚度方向中央部、1/4地點、1/2地點、3/4地點實施拉曼分光測定。再者,對焦於膜之表面後,照射雷射2分鐘以上,基準線穩定時開始測定。又,將與PET基材相接之表面上之點設為D0 。根據所獲得之結果讀取1,550~1,650 cm-1 之範圍內之最大峰之強度。 (測定條件) 曝光時間:10秒 累計次數:2次 激發波長:532.23 nm 分光器:單光束 狹縫寬度:100×1000 μm 分辨率:13.80 cm-1 、3.64 cm-1 /像素 物鏡:MPLFLN 100× 雷射強度:2.6 mW 減光器:50%(OD0.3)<Raman spectrometry> (Production of measurement sample) The film obtained in the examples and comparative examples was cut into a size of 2 mm×5 mm using a cutter. At this time, for Examples 1 and 2, the film was cut so that the TD direction was the long side. For the comparative example, the film was cut so that the longitudinal direction of the film was the long side. The cut section is placed on the surface, and embedding is performed with epoxy resin type 53 (manufactured by Acura) at room temperature. The cross-section side of the optical laminate is processed by the ultra-thin microtome EM UC7 (manufactured by Leica) to make the cross-section. (Raman spectroscopy measurement) For the cut film, use NRS-5100 manufactured by JASCO Corporation. Under the conditions shown below, at the center, 1/4 point, 1/2 point, in the thickness direction of the film, Raman spectroscopy was performed at 3/4 locations. Furthermore, after focusing on the surface of the film, irradiate the laser for more than 2 minutes, and start the measurement when the reference line is stable. In addition, the point on the surface in contact with the PET substrate is set to D 0 . According to the obtained results, read the intensity of the largest peak in the range of 1,550-1,650 cm -1. (Measurement conditions) Exposure time: 10 seconds Cumulative times: 2 times Excitation wavelength: 532.23 nm Spectrometer: Single beam Slit width: 100×1000 μm Resolution: 13.80 cm -1 , 3.64 cm -1 / Pixel objective lens: MPLFLN 100 × Laser intensity: 2.6 mW Dimmer: 50% (OD0.3)

<矽溶膠之製備> 向1,000 mL之燒瓶中加入甲醇分散矽溶膠(平均一次粒徑27 nm,氧化矽粒子固形物成分30.5%)442.6 g及GBL 301.6 g,利用真空蒸發器於45℃之熱水浴下,於400 hPa下使甲醇蒸發1小時,於250 hPa下使甲醇蒸發1小時。進而,於250 hPa下升溫至70℃加熱30分鐘,而獲得GBL分散矽溶膠1。所獲得之GBL分散矽溶膠1之固形物成分濃度為29.1%。<Preparation of silica sol> Add 442.6 g of methanol-dispersed silica sol (average primary particle size of 27 nm, solid content of silica particles 30.5%) and GBL 301.6 g to a 1,000 mL flask, and use a vacuum evaporator at 45°C in a hot water bath at 400 The methanol was evaporated for 1 hour at hPa and for 1 hour at 250 hPa. Furthermore, the temperature was raised to 70°C at 250 hPa and heated for 30 minutes to obtain GBL dispersed silica sol 1. The solid content concentration of the obtained GBL dispersed silica sol 1 was 29.1%.

<合成例1:聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)之製備> 向經充分乾燥之具備攪拌機及溫度計之反應容器中導入氮氣,對容器內進行氮氣置換。向該反應容器中添加二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)1907.2質量份,並加入2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(TFMB)111.94質量份及4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(6FDA)46.84質量份而使其進行反應。 繼而,加入4,4'-氧基雙(苯甲醯氯)(OBBC)10.37質量份及對苯二甲醯氯(TPC)42.79質量份而使其進行反應。繼而,添加無水乙酸37.66質量份,攪拌15分鐘後,添加4-甲基吡啶11.45質量份,將反應容器升溫至70℃,進而攪拌3小時,從而獲得反應液。 將反應液冷卻,加入甲醇3794.5質量份,繼而,滴加離子交換水1419.4質量份,而使白色固體析出。藉由離心過濾捕獲析出之白色固體,利用甲醇進行洗淨,藉此獲得包含聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之濕濾餅。於減壓下以78℃使所獲得之濕濾餅乾燥而獲得聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂之粉體。所獲得之聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)之重量平均分子量為466,000。<Synthesis Example 1: Preparation of polyamide imine resin (1)> Nitrogen is introduced into a fully dried reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer, and the inside of the vessel is replaced with nitrogen. Add 1907.2 parts by mass of dimethylacetamide (DMAc) to the reaction vessel, and add 111.94 parts by mass of 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (TFMB) and 4,4'-(hexafluoro 46.84 parts by mass of isopropylidene) diphthalic dianhydride (6FDA) were reacted. Then, 10.37 parts by mass of 4,4'-oxybis(benzyl chloride) (OBBC) and 42.79 parts by mass of terephthalate chloride (TPC) were added and reacted. Then, 37.66 parts by mass of anhydrous acetic acid was added, and after stirring for 15 minutes, 11.45 parts by mass of 4-picoline was added, and the reaction vessel was heated to 70° C. and stirred for 3 hours to obtain a reaction liquid. The reaction liquid was cooled, 3794.5 parts by mass of methanol was added, and then 1419.4 parts by mass of ion-exchanged water was added dropwise to precipitate a white solid. The precipitated white solid was captured by centrifugal filtration and washed with methanol to obtain a wet cake containing polyimide resin. The obtained wet cake was dried at 78° C. under reduced pressure to obtain polyimide resin powder. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polyimide resin (1) was 466,000.

<實施例1> (樹脂組合物1之製造) 於室溫下向GBL溶劑中添加GBL分散表面修飾矽溶膠1並充分攪拌、混合,向其中以相對於樹脂及氧化矽粒子之合計量100質量份分別為5.7質量份及35 ppm之方式添加Sumisorb(註冊商標)340[2-(2-羥基-5-第三辛基苯基)苯并三唑,Sumika Chemtex(股)製造]及Sumiplast(註冊商標)Violet B(上藍劑,Sumika Chemtex(股)製造),並加以混合。其後,以樹脂與氧化矽粒子之組成比為60:40之方式添加聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)並加以混合,攪拌直至均勻,從而獲得固形物成分為10質量%之樹脂組合物1(以下,有時稱為樹脂清漆1)。<Example 1> (Manufacturing of resin composition 1) Add GBL Dispersed Surface Modified Silica Sol 1 to GBL solvent at room temperature, stir and mix thoroughly, and add Sumisorb to it at 5.7 parts by mass and 35 ppm, respectively, relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin and silica particles. (Registered trademark) 340 [2-(2-hydroxy-5-third octylphenyl) benzotriazole, manufactured by Sumika Chemtex (stock)] and Sumiplast (registered trademark) Violet B (blueing agent, Sumika Chemtex ( Stock) manufacturing), and mixed. Thereafter, the polyamide imide resin (1) was added and mixed so that the composition ratio of the resin and the silica particles was 60:40, and the mixture was stirred until uniform, thereby obtaining a resin composition with a solid content of 10% by mass 1 (Hereinafter, it may be referred to as resin varnish 1).

(光學膜1之製造) 於PET(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯)膜(東洋紡(股)製造之「COSMOSHINE(註冊商標)A4100」,厚度188 μm,厚度分佈±2 μm)上,藉由流延成形將所獲得之樹脂清漆1成形為塗膜。此時,線速為0.3 m/分鐘。又,於80℃下加熱10分鐘後,於100℃下加熱10分鐘,繼而,於90℃下加熱10分鐘,最後,於80℃下加熱10分鐘,於該條件下使塗膜乾燥。其後,自PET膜將塗膜剝離,從而獲得厚58 μm、寬700 mm之原料膜1。 採用具備夾子作為固持具之拉幅式乾燥機(由1~6室構成),對所獲得之原料膜1進行加熱,去除溶劑,而獲得厚度49.5 μm之樹脂膜1。此時,乾燥爐內之條件係調整為:乾燥爐內之溫度200℃、夾子之固持寬度25 mm、膜之搬送速度0.9 m/分鐘、乾燥爐出口之膜寬相對於乾燥爐入口之膜寬(夾子間距離)之比為0.98,將拉幅式乾燥機之各室中之風速調整為:1室為13.5 m/秒,2室為13 m/秒,3~6室為11 m/秒。熱風係自膜之上方及下方吹送。對所獲得之樹脂膜1之剖面上之拉曼分光測定、彈性模數、耐彎曲性進行評價。(Manufacturing of Optical Film 1) On a PET (polyethylene terephthalate) film ("COSMOSHINE (registered trademark) A4100" manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., thickness 188 μm, thickness distribution ±2 μm), it is obtained by casting The resin varnish 1 is formed into a coating film. At this time, the line speed is 0.3 m/min. In addition, after heating at 80°C for 10 minutes, heating at 100°C for 10 minutes, then heating at 90°C for 10 minutes, and finally heating at 80°C for 10 minutes, and drying the coating under these conditions. After that, the coating film was peeled from the PET film to obtain a raw film 1 having a thickness of 58 μm and a width of 700 mm. A tenter dryer (consisting of 1 to 6 chambers) equipped with a clip as a holder is used to heat the obtained raw film 1 to remove the solvent, and a resin film 1 with a thickness of 49.5 μm is obtained. At this time, the conditions in the drying furnace are adjusted as follows: the temperature in the drying furnace is 200℃, the holding width of the clamp is 25 mm, the film conveying speed is 0.9 m/min, and the film width at the exit of the drying furnace is relative to the film width at the entrance of the drying furnace. The ratio of (distance between clips) is 0.98. Adjust the wind speed in each chamber of the stenter dryer to: 13.5 m/s for 1 chamber, 13 m/s for 2 chambers, and 11 m/s for 3 to 6 chambers . Hot air is blown from above and below the film. The Raman spectroscopic measurement, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the cross section of the obtained resin film 1 were evaluated.

<實施例2> (樹脂組合物2之製造) 於室溫下向GBL溶劑中添加聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)並充分攪拌、混合,向其中以相對於樹脂之合計量100質量份分別為5.7質量份及35 ppm之方式添加Sumisorb 340[2-(2-羥基-5-第三辛基苯基)苯并三唑,Sumika Chemtex(股)製造]及Sumiplast Violet B(上藍劑,Sumika Chemtex(股)製造),並加以混合。攪拌直至均勻,從而獲得固形物成分為15質量%之樹脂組合物2(以下,有時稱為樹脂清漆2)。<Example 2> (Manufacturing of resin composition 2) Add polyimide imine resin (1) to GBL solvent at room temperature, stir and mix well, and add Sumisorb 340 to it at 5.7 parts by mass and 35 ppm, respectively, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. [2-(2-hydroxy-5-tertiary octylphenyl)benzotriazole, manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.] and Sumiplast Violet B (bluing agent, manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.), and mixed. The mixture was stirred until it was uniform to obtain a resin composition 2 (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as resin varnish 2) having a solid content of 15% by mass.

(光學膜2之製造) 使用樹脂清漆2作為樹脂清漆,且使用基材厚度198 μm之兩面具有硬塗(HC)層之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)膜(具有兩面易接著層之厚度188 μm之PET+兩面上厚度5 μm之硬塗層,流延製膜面側及相反面(即,硬塗層面側)之馬氏硬度為410 N/mm),除此以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得厚49.5 μm之樹脂膜2。對所獲得之樹脂膜2之剖面上之拉曼分光測定、彈性模數、耐彎曲性進行評價。(Manufacturing of Optical Film 2) Use resin varnish 2 as the resin varnish, and use a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film with a thickness of 198 μm on both sides of the substrate with a hard coat (HC) layer (PET + both sides with a thickness of 188 μm with easy-to-adhesive layers on both sides) On the hard coat layer with a thickness of 5 μm, the Martens hardness of the film forming surface side and the opposite side (ie, the hard coat surface side) is 410 N/mm). Other than that, the same method as in Example 1 was used. A resin film 2 with a thickness of 49.5 μm is obtained. The Raman spectroscopy, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the cross section of the obtained resin film 2 were evaluated.

<比較例1> (樹脂組合物3之製造) 於室溫下向GBL溶劑中添加GBL分散表面修飾矽溶膠1並充分攪拌、混合,其後,以樹脂與氧化矽粒子之組成比為60:40之方式添加聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)並加以混合。攪拌直至均勻,從而獲得固形物成分為8.6質量%之樹脂組合物3(以下,有時稱為樹脂清漆3)。<Comparative example 1> (Manufacturing of resin composition 3) Add GBL dispersion surface-modified silica sol 1 to GBL solvent at room temperature and stir and mix thoroughly. After that, add polyimide imide resin (1) in such a way that the composition ratio of resin and silica particles is 60:40. ) And mix them. It stirred until it was uniform, and obtained the resin composition 3 (Hereinafter, it may be called resin varnish 3) with a solid content of 8.6% by mass.

(光學膜3之製造) 於PET(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯)膜(東洋紡(股)製造之「COSMOSHINE A4100」,厚度188 μm,厚度分佈±2 μm)之平滑面上,以自支撐膜之厚度為55 μm之方式使用敷料器塗佈所獲得之樹脂清漆3,於50℃下乾燥30分鐘,繼而於140℃下乾燥15分鐘後,將所獲得之塗膜自聚酯基材剝離,而獲得自支撐膜。將自支撐膜固定於金屬框,使用全排氣烘箱(ESPEC(股)製造)作為乾燥機,進而於大氣下於200℃下乾燥40分鐘,而獲得厚度50 μm之樹脂膜3。此時,關於乾燥爐內之條件,乾燥爐內之溫度為200℃,以膜不收縮之方式利用金屬框固定膜側面(延伸倍率1倍)。熱風係自膜之橫向(與厚度方向剖面垂直之方向)吹送。對所獲得之樹脂膜3之剖面上之拉曼分光測定、彈性模數、耐彎曲性進行評價。(Manufacturing of Optical Film 3) On the smooth surface of a PET (polyethylene terephthalate) film ("COSMOSHINE A4100" manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., thickness 188 μm, thickness distribution ±2 μm), the thickness of the self-supporting film is 55 μm Method Use an applicator to coat the obtained resin varnish 3, dry at 50°C for 30 minutes, and then at 140°C for 15 minutes, then peel the obtained coating film from the polyester substrate to obtain a self-supporting film. The self-supporting film was fixed to a metal frame, and a fully exhausted oven (manufactured by ESPEC Co., Ltd.) was used as a dryer, and then dried in the atmosphere at 200° C. for 40 minutes to obtain a resin film 3 with a thickness of 50 μm. At this time, regarding the conditions in the drying furnace, the temperature in the drying furnace is 200°C, and the side surface of the film is fixed with a metal frame so that the film does not shrink (stretching ratio is 1 times). The hot air is blown from the transverse direction of the film (the direction perpendicular to the cross section of the thickness direction). The Raman spectroscopy measurement, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the cross section of the obtained resin film 3 were evaluated.

<比較例2> (樹脂組合物4之製造) 於室溫下向GBL溶劑中添加聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂(1)並充分攪拌、混合,從而獲得固形物成分為9質量%之樹脂組合物4(以下,有時稱為樹脂清漆4)。<Comparative example 2> (Manufacturing of Resin Composition 4) Add polyamide imide resin (1) to GBL solvent at room temperature, stir and mix well, to obtain resin composition 4 (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as resin varnish 4) with a solid content of 9% by mass .

(光學膜4之製造) 使用樹脂清漆4作為樹脂清漆,除此以外,利用與比較例1相同之方法獲得厚度50 μm之樹脂膜4。對所獲得之樹脂膜4之剖面上之拉曼分光測定、彈性模數、耐彎曲性進行評價。(Manufacturing of Optical Film 4) Except for using the resin varnish 4 as the resin varnish, the same method as in Comparative Example 1 was used to obtain a resin film 4 having a thickness of 50 μm. The Raman spectroscopic measurement, elastic modulus, and bending resistance of the cross section of the obtained resin film 4 were evaluated.

針對實施例及比較例中所獲得之光學膜,測定上述項目,將其結果示於表1中。再者,雖未記載於表1中,但於實施例及比較例之光學膜中,I3 /I2 並不滿足式(2)。For the optical films obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, the above-mentioned items were measured, and the results are shown in Table 1. Furthermore, although it is not described in Table 1, in the optical films of the Examples and Comparative Examples, I 3 /I 2 does not satisfy the formula (2).

[表1]    氧化矽 延伸倍率 熱風之方向 中心 (I2 ) 1/4 (I1 ) I1 /I2 彎曲次數[次] 彈性模數 [GPa] 實施例 1 0.98 上下 1770 1628 0.92 ≧2.5萬 7.2 2 0.98 上下 2164 1061 0.49 ≧20萬 6.0 比較例 1 1.00 2590 2550 0.98 <2萬 6.5 2 1.00 1723 1712 0.99 <20萬 5.2 [Table 1] Silica Stretching ratio Direction of hot air Center (I 2 ) 1/4 (I 1 ) I 1 /I 2 Bending times [times] Modulus of Elasticity [GPa] Example 1 Have 0.98 up and down 1770 1628 0.92 ≧25,000 7.2 2 no 0.98 up and down 2164 1061 0.49 ≧200,000 6.0 Comparative example 1 Have 1.00 horizontal 2590 2550 0.98 <20,000 6.5 2 no 1.00 horizontal 1723 1712 0.99 <200,000 5.2

確認滿足上述式(1)及式(2)中至少一式之實施例之光學膜所具有之彎曲次數高於式(1)及式(2)皆超過0.97之比較例1及2,並且彈性模數亦更高。其中,確認含有氧化矽之光學膜通常難以提高彎曲次數,但根據本案發明之光學膜,即便於含有氧化矽之情形時,亦能夠獲得較高之耐彎曲性。It is confirmed that the optical film of the embodiment that satisfies at least one of the above formulas (1) and (2) has a higher bending number than the comparative examples 1 and 2 in which both formulas (1) and (2) exceed 0.97, and the elastic modulus The number is also higher. Among them, it is confirmed that it is generally difficult to increase the number of bending of optical films containing silicon oxide. However, according to the optical film of the present invention, even when silicon oxide is contained, high bending resistance can be obtained.

10:區域 12:區域 14:區域 18:固持裝置 20:原料膜 22:樹脂膜 30:上側噴嘴(噴嘴) 32:下側噴嘴(噴嘴) 35:噴嘴 37:IR加熱器 100:拉幅爐 100a:上表面 100b:下表面 A:膜之搬送方向10: area 12: area 14: area 18: Holding device 20: Raw film 22: Resin film 30: Upper side nozzle (nozzle) 32: Lower side nozzle (nozzle) 35: Nozzle 37: IR heater 100: Tenter furnace 100a: upper surface 100b: bottom surface A: The transport direction of the film

圖1係模式性地表示本發明之光學膜之製造方法之較佳實施方式的步驟剖視圖。 圖2係模式性地表示本發明之光學膜之製造方法中之加熱步驟之較佳實施方式的步驟剖視圖。 圖3係模式性地表示本發明之光學膜之製造方法中之拉幅爐內之較佳實施方式的步驟剖視圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the steps of a preferred embodiment of the manufacturing method of the optical film of the present invention. 2 is a step cross-sectional view schematically showing a preferred embodiment of the heating step in the method of manufacturing the optical film of the present invention. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a preferred embodiment in the tenter furnace in the method of manufacturing the optical film of the present invention.

Claims (10)

一種光學膜,其係包含聚醯胺系樹脂者,將該光學膜之厚度設為A μm,將該光學膜之一表面上之任意位置設為D0 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×1/4 μm之位置設為D1 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×1/2 μm之位置設為D2 ,將厚度方向上與D0 相距A×3/4 μm之位置設為D3 ,將D1 ~D3 之各位置上藉由拉曼分光法測得之1,550~1,650 cm-1 之範圍內之最大峰之強度分別設為I1 ~I3 時,該光學膜滿足式(1)及式(2)中至少一者: [數3]
Figure 03_image039
An optical film containing polyamide resin, the thickness of the optical film is set to A μm, the arbitrary position on one surface of the optical film is set to D 0 , and the thickness direction is separated from D 0 by A × 1/4 μm to the position D 1, and the distance in the thickness direction D 0 A × 1/2 μm is set to the position D 2, the thickness direction of the distance D 0 A × disposed position 3/4 μm of Is D 3 , when the intensity of the largest peak in the range of 1,550-1,650 cm -1 measured by Raman spectroscopy at each position of D 1 ~D 3 is set to I 1 ~I 3 , the optical film satisfies At least one of formula (1) and formula (2): [number 3]
Figure 03_image039
.
如請求項1之光學膜,其中滿足上述式(1)之I1 /I2 或滿足上述式(2)之I3 /I2 為0.3以上。The optical film of claim 1, wherein I 1 /I 2 satisfying the above formula (1) or I 3 /I 2 satisfying the above formula (2) is 0.3 or more. 如請求項1或2之光學膜,其中光學膜之彈性模數為5.5 GPa以上。Such as the optical film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the elastic modulus of the optical film is 5.5 GPa or more. 如請求項1或2之光學膜,其中光學膜之全光線透過率為80%以上。Such as the optical film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the total light transmittance of the optical film is more than 80%. 如請求項1或2之光學膜,其中聚醯胺系樹脂之重量平均分子量為250,000以上。The optical film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the polyamide resin is 250,000 or more. 如請求項1或2之光學膜,其中聚醯胺系樹脂係聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂。The optical film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the polyamide resin is a polyamide resin. 如請求項1或2之光學膜,其係可撓性顯示裝置之前面板用膜。For example, the optical film of claim 1 or 2, which is a film for the front panel of a flexible display device. 一種可撓性顯示裝置,其具備如請求項1至7中任一項之光學膜。A flexible display device provided with the optical film as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 7. 如請求項8之可撓性顯示裝置,其進而具備觸控感測器。Such as the flexible display device of claim 8, which further includes a touch sensor. 如請求項8或9之可撓性顯示裝置,其進而具備偏光板。For example, the flexible display device of claim 8 or 9, which is further provided with a polarizing plate.
TW109134719A 2019-10-31 2020-10-07 Optical film and flexible display device containing a polyamide-based resin and having excellent bending resistance and a high elastic modulus TW202122471A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019199056A JP2021070764A (en) 2019-10-31 2019-10-31 Optical film and flexible display device
JP2019-199056 2019-10-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202122471A true TW202122471A (en) 2021-06-16

Family

ID=75712469

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109134719A TW202122471A (en) 2019-10-31 2020-10-07 Optical film and flexible display device containing a polyamide-based resin and having excellent bending resistance and a high elastic modulus

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2021070764A (en)
KR (1) KR20210052325A (en)
CN (1) CN112817069A (en)
TW (1) TW202122471A (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102634466B1 (en) * 2021-08-20 2024-02-06 에스케이마이크로웍스 주식회사 Polyamide-imide-based film, preparation method thereof, and cover window and display device comprising same
KR102634467B1 (en) * 2021-08-20 2024-02-06 에스케이마이크로웍스 주식회사 Polyamide-imide-based film, preparation method thereof, and cover window and display device comprising same
US20230183424A1 (en) * 2021-12-10 2023-06-15 Skc Co., Ltd. Polyamide-imide-based film, preparation method thereof, and cover window and display device comprising the same
CN114778339B (en) * 2022-04-11 2022-11-25 江苏鼎盛检测中心有限公司 High-low temperature endurance test analysis method capable of reducing errors based on big data

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006160974A (en) * 2004-12-10 2006-06-22 Du Pont Toray Co Ltd Polyimide film
KR102410410B1 (en) * 2015-07-22 2022-06-17 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Resin film, laminate, optical member, gas barrier material and touch sensor substrate
JP7084710B2 (en) * 2017-01-20 2022-06-15 住友化学株式会社 Polyamide-imide resin and an optical member containing the polyamide-imide resin.
WO2018135433A1 (en) * 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 住友化学株式会社 Optical film and production method for optical film
JP7155597B2 (en) * 2017-05-18 2022-10-19 東レ株式会社 Nitrogen-containing polymer films and laminated films
JP6430675B1 (en) * 2017-06-05 2018-11-28 住友化学株式会社 Film, method for evaluating optical homogeneity of film, and method for producing film
JP6936206B2 (en) * 2017-12-08 2021-09-15 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate
JP6541855B1 (en) * 2018-10-02 2019-07-10 住友化学株式会社 Optical film, flexible display device, and method of manufacturing optical film
JP6541856B1 (en) * 2018-10-02 2019-07-10 住友化学株式会社 Optical film, flexible display device, and method of manufacturing optical film
JP6556317B1 (en) * 2018-11-27 2019-08-07 住友化学株式会社 OPTICAL LAMINATE, FLEXIBLE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND OPTICAL LAMINATE MANUFACTURING METHOD

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20210052325A (en) 2021-05-10
JP2021070764A (en) 2021-05-06
CN112817069A (en) 2021-05-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI813705B (en) Resin film and its manufacturing method
TW202122471A (en) Optical film and flexible display device containing a polyamide-based resin and having excellent bending resistance and a high elastic modulus
TW202003256A (en) Optical film having excellent impact resistance
TW202022020A (en) Optical film having the image to be visually recognized with high sharpness without distortion
JP7469087B2 (en) Optical film and flexible display device
TW202140627A (en) Optical film and flexible display device providing an optical film having excellent visibility in a wide-angle direction and having sufficient mechanical properties even in a low temperature environment
TW202030231A (en) Polyamide-imide-based resin, optical film and flexible display device
JP7469088B2 (en) Optical film and flexible display device
TW202142408A (en) Optical film and flexible display device that comprises at least one resin selected from a group consisting of a polyimide resin and a polyamide resin and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more and a haze of 0.5% or less, and an in-plane phase difference RO of 40-300 nm
TW202142604A (en) Optical film and flexible display device with excellent visibility in a wide-angle direction and sufficient mechanical properties even in a low temperature environment
KR20210117963A (en) Optical film and flexible display device
TW202035527A (en) Optical film, flexible display device and polyamide-imide resin
TW202037643A (en) Optical film, flexible display device, and polyamide-imide resin
TW202302719A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
TW202248295A (en) Optical film
TW202302718A (en) Optical laminate and flexible display device
TW202003651A (en) Optical film capable of suppressing a decrease in optical characteristics due to repeated collision of an object
JP2021084941A (en) Optical film and flexible display device
TW202122464A (en) Polyimide resin
TW202037642A (en) Optical film